Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Distribution / McKesson

McKesson

mck · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker mck
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · McKesson
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
McKesson Corporation

One Post Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

www.mckesson.com

© 2011 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved.

Annual Report
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011

“Our results in fiscal 2011 extend our track record of 
growing EPS, which we have increased at a 13.9% 
compound annual growth rate since fiscal 2007.”

John H. Hammergren, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, McKesson Corporation

McKesson Corporation

Financial Results

Five-Year Total Revenue (in millions)

Five-Year EPS*

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE OFFICERS

COMMON STOCK

Executive Vice President and 

Wells Fargo Shareowner Services, 161 Concord Exchange North, 

Total Stockholder Return**

*Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, as displayed above, excludes 
adjustments for litigation charges (credits) net (“EPS”). For supplemental financial data and 
corresponding reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see 
Appendix A to this 2011 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, 
and not as an alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Randall N. Spratt

Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. 

Executive Vice President,

and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals

Chief Technology Officer and 

ANNUAL MEETING

**The percentages displayed represent total annualized stockholder return for each period presented, including the reinvestment of dividends.

Executive Vice President and 

request account information.

McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York Stock 

Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables 

carried by most newspapers.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

South St. Paul, MN, 55075, acts as transfer agent, registrar, dividend-

paying agent and dividend reinvestment plan agent for McKesson 

Corporation stock and maintains all registered stockholder records 

for the Company. For information about McKesson Corporation stock 

or to request replacement of lost dividend checks, stock certificates, 

1099-DIVs, or to have your dividend check deposited directly into 

your checking or savings account, stockholders may call Wells Fargo 

Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 614-

9635. For the hearing impaired call (651) 450-4144. Wells Fargo 

Shareowner Services also has a website—http://www.wellsfargo.com/

shareownerservices—that stockholders may use 24 hours a day to 

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Dividends are generally paid on the first business day of January, April, 

July and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest dividends in common 

stock and to purchase additional shares of common stock. Stock in 

an individual’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan is held in book entry at 

the Company’s transfer agent, Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. For 

more information, or to request an enrollment form, call Wells Fargo 

Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 614-9635. 

From outside the United States, call +1-651-450-4064.

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held 

at 8:30 a.m. PDT, on Wednesday, July 27, 2011, at the Palace Hotel, 

Sea Cliff Room, 2 New Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California.

John H. Hammergren

Chairman, President and

Chief Executive Officer,

McKesson Corporation

Andy D. Bryant

Executive Vice President and

Chief Administrative Officer,

Intel Corporation

Wayne A. Budd

Senior Counsel,

Goodwin Procter LLP

Alton F. Irby III

Chairman and Founding Partner,

London Bay Capital

John H. Hammergren

Chairman, President and

Chief Executive Officer

Patrick J. Blake

Group President

Jeffrey C. Campbell

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Financial Officer

Jorge L. Figueredo

Executive Vice President,

Human Resources

Paul C. Julian

M. Christine Jacobs

Group President

Chairman of the Board, President 

and Chief Executive Officer,

Theragenics Corporation

Chief Financial Officer, Retired,

Laureen E. Seeger

Marc E. Owen

Executive Vice President, 

Corporate Strategy and

Business Development

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and

Chief Compliance Officer

Chief Information Officer

Nicholas A. Loiacono

Nigel A. Rees

Vice President and Controller

Willie C. Bogan

Secretary

Marie L. Knowles

Executive Vice President and

Atlantic Richfield Company

David M. Lawrence, M.D.

Chairman of the Board and

Edward A. Mueller

Chairman of the Board and

Qwest Communications 

International Inc.

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.

Chairman of the Board,

Intel Corporation;

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Aerogen, Inc.

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Vice President and Treasurer

Dear Fellow Stockholders,

I am pleased to report that McKesson delivered another strong 
performance in fiscal 2011, marked by outstanding execution 
in Distribution Solutions, continued success in expanding our 
relationships with customers and suppliers, and near record levels 
of capital deployment, including the $2.1 billion acquisition of US 
Oncology, our largest acquisition in a decade.  

McKesson generated revenues of $112.1 billion and 
exceeded expectations for both earnings and cash 
flow. Earnings per diluted share from continuing 
operations (EPS) was $4.86,*** and cash from 
operations was $2.3 billion. We ended the year with 
cash and equivalents of $3.6 billion. Our strong cash 
flow creates additional opportunities for the company 
to create value for our customers, suppliers and 
stockholders. Our results in fiscal 2011 extend our 
track record of growing EPS, which we have increased 
at a 13.9% compound annual growth rate since  
fiscal 2007.  

Healthcare is an indispensable industry, with 
spending projected to reach $4.3 trillion, or 
approximately 20.3% of gross domestic product, 
by 2018, according to the Centers for Medicare 
and Medicaid Services. Nevertheless, all segments 
of healthcare face a wide array of business, care 
and connectivity challenges, creating significant 
opportunities for McKesson to partner with its 
customers in deeper and broader ways. Our fiscal 
2011 performance reflects the clarity with which 
we see the industry, the soundness of the strategy 
we have developed to serve it, and our success 
in working with our customers to build healthier 
organizations that deliver better, more cost-effective 
care. We are uniquely positioned to help improve the 
business and clinical performance of all sectors of 
the healthcare system, leading to better results for 
our customers, better health for patients and better 
returns to our stockholders. 

We expect a combination of internal and external 
factors to drive our ongoing success, ranging from 
positive demographic trends and a robust market 
for generic medications, to our diversified solution 
portfolio and financial strength. In the remainder of 

this letter, I will provide more detail on these factors 
and explain why they create new opportunities to 
extend the company’s lead in healthcare services 
and continue our track record of strong revenue and 
earnings growth.

Expanded Healthcare Needs of an
Aging Population
According to the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention (CDC), the global population of people 65 
years and older continues to grow, driving increased 
demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. 
In the United States, this demographic segment is 
expected to climb from 35 million people in 2000, 
or 12% of the population, to 72 million people in 
2030, or 20% of the population. According to the 
CDC, healthcare costs for people over 65 are three 
to five times more than for those younger than 65. 
The rise in serious and chronic conditions, along 
with advances in medical technologies, procedures 
and pharmaceuticals, fuels the need for the kind of 
improved, coordinated and streamlined healthcare 
system McKesson supports in partnership with 
customers in every sector.

Push for Access and Efficiency through
Healthcare Reform 
Today’s public policy agenda supports greater access 
to healthcare and improved efficiency, contributing to 
the imperative for a more cost-effective, connected 
and automated healthcare system. Providers, 
physicians, payers and pharmacies are focused 
on achieving operational improvements, meeting 
regulatory requirements, and preparing for the 
clinical, financial and administrative complexities 
associated with evolving integrated care models. 
These trends create additional demand for our 
solutions and expertise in both our distribution and 

***Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excludes adjustments for litigation charges (credits) net (“EPS”). For supplemental financial data and corresponding reconciliation to U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see Appendix A to this 2011 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, financial results 
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

technology segments. We were pleased that our 
key hospital clinical systems received government 
certification in fiscal 2011 for Stage 1 Meaningful Use, 
enabling our customers to pursue incentive funds 
under the American Recovery and Reinvestment 
Act (ARRA). The increased focus on improving 
quality and providing greater access affords excellent 
opportunities for growing our business.

Robust Market for Generic Medications
According to IMS Health, generic medications have 
experienced almost double-digit growth since 2005, 
a trend expected to continue. McKesson purchases 
generics as a single organization, while providing 
tailored offerings for each customer segment. We 
create value for customers and manufacturing 
partners through our scale, distribution efficiency, 
global sourcing initiatives and understanding of each 
stakeholder’s individual requirements. McKesson is 
among the largest buyers of generics in the United 
States, and well positioned to benefit from the 
expanding use of generic medications.  

Higher-Margin Businesses in Fast-Growth Sectors 
McKesson consistently uses its strong balance sheet 
to acquire and build higher-margin businesses in the 
fast-growth sectors of healthcare, and we combine 
our diverse assets to generate additional value for our 
customers. Continuing this practice, our acquisition 
of US Oncology was a major highlight in fiscal 2011. 
One of the largest oncology services companies in 
the United States, US Oncology serves more than 
1,400 physicians who treat over 850,000 patients 
annually throughout the nation. This acquisition 
strengthens our position in specialty distribution and 
advances our ability to provide enhanced service 
offerings to providers, manufacturers, payers and 
patients. 

Strength and Breadth in Technology Offerings
Today’s hospitals, payers, pharmacies and physician 
practices face a broad set of challenges, including 
new payment models, regulatory changes, increased 
cost pressures and a higher bar for quality of care. 
Our technology solutions empower our customers to 
overcome these obstacles, while creating stable and 
recurring revenue streams for the company. McKesson 
Provider Technologies provides a comprehensive suite 
of technology solutions to hospitals and physician 
offices. Our RelayHealth division connects and 
streamlines operations within and between care 
settings, and our Health Solutions division combines 
expert technology and evidence-based clinical 
information to allow payers to manage financial, 

“Our strong balance sheet and cash 
flow allow us to deploy capital to 
optimize the performance of our existing 
portfolio, lay the foundation for future 
growth and provide our stockholders 
with both short and long-term returns.” 

administrative and clinical processes and improve 
care quality. Our customer relationships will deepen 
as we work closely together to lower medical and 
administrative costs and improve care coordination 
across settings.   

Success in Driving Cost Control and
Quality Improvements
McKesson uses Six Sigma process discipline to reduce 
costs and continually improve quality in every aspect 
of our business. We collaborate with suppliers 
to develop joint process improvements and have 
extended Six Sigma consulting to our customers, 
enabling them to achieve higher levels of operational 
excellence and efficiency. We also drive down costs 
in other ways, including our global sourcing program, 
which coordinates and optimizes purchasing across 
the various businesses and geographies of McKesson.  

Strong, Stable Relationships with
Manufacturing Partners
Over McKesson’s long and successful history, we 
have built excellent relationships with our branded 
manufacturing partners through a combination of 
best-in-class distribution and marketing services. 
Our adherence and compliance programs, for 
example, help patients stay on their prescribed 
medications, resulting in better health outcomes and 
incremental revenue for our manufacturing partners, 
our customers and McKesson. Further, our strong 
relationships with our manufacturing partners enable 
us to earn steady levels of compensation and expand 
margins. We will continue to develop innovative 
programs that support our partners’ business and 
clinical strategies, while remaining laser-focused 
on providing the most efficient, cost-effective and 
reliable distribution services in the industry.   

Financial Strength and Flexibility 
Our strong balance sheet and cash flow allow us 
to deploy capital to optimize the performance of 
our existing portfolio, lay the foundation for future 
growth and provide our stockholders with both short 
and long-term returns. In fiscal 2011, we repurchased 

“We are uniquely positioned to help 
improve the business and clinical 
performance of all sectors of the 
healthcare system, leading to better 
results for our customers, better 
health for patients and better returns 
to our stockholders.”

Making the business of healthcare run better by 
improving the health and vitality of our customers 
and supplier partners remains our core focus. We 
know that every improvement in the operation, 
infrastructure and delivery of care increases safety, 
reduces costs and improves outcomes. Our leadership 
in these areas delivers value to our stockholders, and 
most importantly, leads to better health for all. 

On behalf of the Board of Directors and our 36,400 
dedicated employees, thank you for your commitment 
to McKesson. 

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
McKesson Corporation

$2.1 billion of common stock, paid $171 million in 
dividends (reflecting a 50% dividend increase), made 
$388 million in internal investments and completed 
the $2.1 billion purchase of US Oncology. We plan 
to maintain our portfolio approach in fiscal 2012. In 
April 2011, our board authorized the repurchase of 
an additional $1 billion of common stock, bringing 
the total authorization to approximately $1.5 billion, 
and approved a new policy increasing our quarterly 
dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share. These 
actions demonstrate our confidence in our business 
and the stability of our future cash flow.

Summary and Outlook
Looking ahead, we expect the forces that have 
produced attractive market conditions for McKesson 
will continue in fiscal 2012. Access, quality and cost 
will remain critical healthcare challenges over the 
next five years, compelling providers, manufacturers 
and payers to seek broad solutions that enable 
them to improve financial, clinical and operational 
performance. Against this backdrop, we see the 
following positive trends in the core areas that drive 
McKesson’s financial success:

• Growing market for pharmaceuticals and medical 
supplies, with particular opportunities to expand 
our generics business and address the nearly 
$300 billion untapped market opportunity created 
by poor medication adherence.

• Expanding use of healthcare information 

technology, driven by ARRA, the need to integrate 
business and clinical processes, and the pressure 
on all stakeholders to improve efficiency.

• Accelerating demand for connectivity solutions, 
spurred by the need to coordinate care across 
settings, optimize financial performance and 
improve quality.  

Industry Leadership

In March 2011, McKesson was rated among the world’s most admired companies in healthcare by FORTUNE Magazine 
for the second year in a row. Currently ranked 15th on the Fortune 500, McKesson is:

• #1 in pharmaceutical distribution in the U.S. and Canada

• #1 in pharmaceutical distribution for generic pharmaceuticals

• #1 in medical-surgical distribution to alternate care sites

• #1 in medical management and claims auditing

• #2 in specialty distribution and services 

McKesson Makes the Business 
of Healthcare Run Better
Every day, our supply-chain and healthcare 
information technology solutions keep 
healthcare organizations operating 
efficiently and cost-effectively so they can 
direct more of their financial resources and 
time to caring for patients.

Creating a United Network of 
Community Oncologists 
For community oncology practices, 
McKesson provides improvements 
in practice management, drug 
management, claims management, and 
group purchasing, along with better 
coordinated oncology research, deep 
clinical expertise and support, in-office 
dispensing, Electronic Medical Record 
(EMR) technology, patient portal 
technologies, and better connectivity 
with payers, manufacturers, hospitals 
and other physicians. Through innovative 
clinical, research, business and operational 
solutions, facilitated by integrated 
technology systems, we improve the 
financial health of our customers and help 
them provide quality care for patients.

FOR BETTER HEALTH 
McKesson helps its 
customers build healthier 
organizations that 
deliver better care to 
patients in every setting.

McKesson Helps Deliver Better Care
As one of the largest providers of healthcare services and 
information technology in North America, we work with 
pharmacies, physician practices, hospitals and payers to reduce 
medication errors, standardize care protocols, and provide 
caregivers with the knowledge and tools they need to provide the 
best possible care, every time.

Empowering Pharmacists to Spend More Time
Caring for Patients 
McKesson’s partnership with more than 26,000 U.S. retail 
pharmacy locations allows those pharmacists to get out from 
behind the counter and spend more time counseling patients. 
Our generics purchasing programs, managed-care services, and 
pharmacy systems and automation solutions enable pharmacists 
to overcome key business challenges, and our medication therapy 
management, clinical counseling and adherence programs help 
them to provide improved clinical support. The result is win-win: 
enhanced business performance for our customers and better 
outcomes for patients.

McKesson Brings 
Healthcare Together
McKesson makes better care possible 
by connecting stakeholders, integrating 
systems, streamlining processes and 
improving information flow, which 
reduces waste, improves safety and frees 
healthcare providers to focus more fully 
on patient care. 

Building the Infrastructure for 
Personalized Medicine 
With our Advanced Diagnostics 
Management (ADM) offering, we are 
making the promise of personalized 
medicine a reality. By combining our 
industry-leading InterQual clinical 
content with intelligent, Web-based 
decision tools, ADM helps physicians 
select the most effective tests for 
their patients while enabling payers to 
make coverage rules transparent so all 
stakeholders understand which tests are 
covered by a patient’s health plan.

UNITED STATES 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 

OR 

TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to 

______ 

Commission File Number 1-13252 
McKESSON CORPORATION 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

94-3207296 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

One Post Street, San Francisco, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

94104 
(Zip Code) 

(415) 983-8300 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(Title of each class) 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

(Name of each exchange on which registered) 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the 

Securities Act.  Yes       No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 

the Act.  Yes       No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes       
No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files).  Yes       No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of 
this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer  or  a  smaller  reporting  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  and 
“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):   

Large accelerated filer   
Non-accelerated filer    
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer   
Smaller reporting company   

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Act).   

Yes       No   

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, 
computed by reference  to the closing price as of the last business day of  the registrant’s  most recently completed 
second fiscal quarter, September 2010, was approximately $15.5 billion. 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding on April 29, 2011:  252,120,037 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by 

reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item 

Page 

PART I 

1. 

Business ...........................................................................................................................................  

3 

1A. 

Risk Factors .....................................................................................................................................  

1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments ...........................................................................................................  

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Properties .........................................................................................................................................  

Legal Proceedings ...........................................................................................................................  

Reserved ..........................................................................................................................................  

Executive Officers of the Registrant ...............................................................................................  

PART II 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and  
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..............................................................................................  

Selected Financial Data ...................................................................................................................  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  .........  

7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.........................................................  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...............................................................................  

11 

22 

22 

22 

22 

23 

24 

27 

28 

50 

51 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ..........  

106 

9A. 

Controls and Procedures ..................................................................................................................  

106 

9B. 

Other Information ............................................................................................................................  

106 

PART III 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..............................................................  

107 

Executive Compensation .................................................................................................................  

107 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters.............................................................................................................................................  

107 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .................................  

109 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services .........................................................................................  

109 

PART IV 

15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule .....................................................................................  

110 

Signatures ........................................................................................................................................  

111 

2 

8. 

9. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

General 

McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant” or “we” and other similar pronouns), is 
a  Fortune  15  corporation  that  delivers  medicines,  pharmaceutical  supplies,  information  and  care  management 
products and services designed to reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry. 

The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in 

this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

Our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K  and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act,”) are available free of charge on our website (www.mckesson.com under the 
“Investors – Financial Information – SEC Filings” caption) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically 
file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”  or  the  “Commission”).  
The content on any website referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this 
report, unless expressly noted otherwise. 

The public may also read or copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room 
at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C.  20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public 
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy 
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically 
with the SEC.  The address of the website is http://www.sec.gov.  

Business Segments 

We operate in two segments.  The McKesson Distribution Solutions segment distributes ethical and proprietary 
drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and  equipment  and  health  and  beauty  care  products  throughout  North  America.  
This segment also provides specialty pharmaceutical solutions for biotech and pharmaceutical manufacturers, sells 
financial, operational and clinical solutions for pharmacies (retail, hospital, alternate site) and provides consulting, 
outsourcing and other services.  This segment includes a 49% interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”), one of the 
leading pharmaceutical distributors in Mexico, and a 39% interest in Parata  Systems,  LLC (“Parata”),  which sells 
automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to retail and institutional outpatient pharmacies. 

The McKesson Technology Solutions segment delivers enterprise-wide clinical, patient care, financial, supply 
chain,  strategic  management  software  solutions,  pharmacy  automation  for  hospitals,  as  well  as  connectivity, 
outsourcing and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations.  This 
segment  also  includes  our  Payer  group  of  businesses,  which  includes  our  InterQual®  clinical  criteria  solution, 
medical  management  tools,  claims  payment  solutions  and  care  management  programs.    The  segment’s  customers 
include  hospitals,  physicians,  homecare  providers,  retail  pharmacies  and  payers  from  North  America,  the  United 
Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel. 

Net revenues for our segments for the last three years were as follows: 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$  108.9 
3.2 

97% 
3% 
$  112.1  100%  $  108.7  100%  $  106.6  100% 

97%  $  103.6 
3.0 

97%  $  105.6 
3.1 

3%   

3%   

(Dollars in billions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

3 

 
 
 
Distribution Solutions 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  consists  of  the  following  businesses:  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution, 
McKesson  Canada,  Medical-Surgical  Distribution,  McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation  and  McKesson 
Specialty Care Solutions.  This segment also includes our 49% interest in Nadro and 39% interest in Parata. 

U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution:    This  business  supplies  pharmaceuticals  and/or  other  healthcare-related 
products  to  customers  in  three  primary  customer  channels:  (1)  retail  national  accounts  (including  national  and 
regional  chains,  food/drug  combinations,  mail  order  pharmacies  and  mass  merchandisers);  (2)  independent  retail 
pharmacies;  and  (3)  institutional  healthcare  providers  (including  hospitals,  health  systems,  integrated  delivery 
networks, clinics and alternate site providers).  This business also provides solutions and services to pharmaceutical 
manufacturers. 

Our  U.S.  pharmaceutical  distribution  business  operates  and  serves  thousands  of  customer  locations  through  a 
network of 28 distribution centers, as well as a primary redistribution center, a strategic redistribution center and two 
repackaging facilities, serving all 50 states and Puerto Rico.  We invest in technology and other systems at all of our 
distribution  centers  to  enhance  safety,  reliability  and  provide  the  best  product  availability  for  our  customers.    For 
example, in all of our distribution centers we use Acumax® Plus, an award-winning technology that integrates and 
tracks  all  internal  inventory-related  functions  such  as  receiving,  put-away  and  order  fulfillment.    Acumax®  Plus 
uses bar code technology, wrist-mounted computer hardware and radio frequency signals to provide customers with 
real-time  product  availability  and  industry-leading  order  quality  and  fulfillment  in  excess  of  99.9%  adjusted 
accuracy.  In addition, we offer Mobile ManagerSM, which integrates portable handheld technology with Acumax® 
Plus to give customers complete ordering and inventory control.  We also offer McKesson ConnectSM
, an Internet-
based ordering system that provides item lookup and real-time inventory availability as well as ordering, purchasing, 
third-party  reconciliation  and  account  management  functionality.    Together,  these  features  help  ensure  customers 
have the right products at the right time for their facilities and patients. 

To maximize distribution efficiency and effectiveness, we follow the Six Sigma methodology — an analytical 
approach  that  emphasizes  setting  high-quality  objectives,  collecting  data  and  analyzing  results  to  a  fine  degree  in 
order to improve processes, reduce  costs and  minimize errors.  We continue to implement information systems to 
help achieve greater consistency and accuracy both internally and for our customers.  

The  major  offerings  of  the  McKesson  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution  business  by  customer  group  can  be 

categorized as retail national accounts, independent retail pharmacies and institutional healthcare providers.  

Retail  National  Accounts  —  Business  solutions  that  help  national  account  customers  increase  revenues  and 

profitability.  Solutions include: 

•  Central  FillSM

  —  Prescription  refill  service  that  enables  pharmacies  to  more  quickly  refill  prescriptions 
remotely, more accurately and at a lower cost, while reducing inventory levels and improving customer service. 
•  Redistribution Centers — Two facilities totaling over 500 thousand square feet that offer access to inventory for 
single source warehouse purchasing, including pharmaceuticals and biologicals.  These distribution centers also 
provide the foundation for a two-tiered distribution network that supports best-in-class direct store delivery.  
•  EnterpriseRx®    —  A  fully  integrated  and  centrally  hosted  pharmacy  management  solution  (software  as  a 
service model).  EnterpriseRx® centralizes data, reporting, pricing and drug updates, providing the operational 
control, visibility and support needed to reduce costs and streamline administrative tasks.  

•  RxPakSM

 — Bulk-to-bottle repackaging service that leverages our purchasing scale and supplier relationships to 
provide pharmaceuticals at reduced prices, help increase inventory turns and reduce working capital investment.  
Inventory Management – An integrated solution comprising forecasting software and automated replenishment 
technologies that reduce inventory-carrying costs. 

• 

•  McKesson OneStop Generics® — Generic pharmaceutical purchasing program that helps pharmacies maximize 

their cost savings with a broad selection of generic drugs, low pricing and one-stop shopping.  

4 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Independent  Retail  Pharmacies  —  Solutions  for  managed  care  contracting,  branding  and  advertising, 
merchandising,  purchasing,  operational  efficiency  and  automation  that  help  independent  pharmacists  focus  on 
patient care while improving profitability.  Solutions include: 

•  Health Mart® —Health Mart® is a national network of more than 2,700 independently-owned pharmacies and 
is one of the industry’s most comprehensive pharmacy franchise programs.  Health Mart® provides franchisees 
with  managed  care  that  drives  pharmacy  benefit  manager  recognition,  branding  that  drives  consumer 
recognition,  in-store  programs  that  drive  manufacturer  and  payer  recognition  and  community  advocacy 
programs that drive industry recognition.  Health Mart® helps franchisees grow their businesses by focusing on 
the three principles of successful retailing: 
–  Attract new customers; 
–  Maximize the value of current customers; and 
–  Enhance business efficiency. 

•  AccessHealth®  —  Comprehensive  managed  care  and  reconciliation  assistance  services  that  help  independent 

pharmacies save time, access competitive reimbursement rates and improve cash flow. 

•  McKesson  Reimbursement  AdvantageSM

  (“MRA”)  —  MRA  is  one  of  the  industry’s  most  comprehensive 
reimbursement optimization packages, comprising financial services (automated claim resubmission), analytic 
services and customer care.  

•  McKesson OneStop Generics® — described above. 
•  EnterpriseRx® — described above. 
•  Sunmark®  —  Complete  line  of  more  than  1,000  products  that  provide  retail  independent  pharmacies  with 

value-priced alternatives to national brands. 

•  FrontEdge™  —  Strategic  planning,  merchandising  and  price  maintenance  program  that  helps  independent 

pharmacies maximize store profitability. 

•  McKesson Home Health Care — Comprehensive line of more than 1,800 home health care products, including 
durable medical equipment, diabetes supplies, self-care supplies and disposables from national brands and the 
Sunmark® line. 

•  Central FillSM

 — described above. 

Institutional Healthcare Providers — Electronic ordering/purchasing and supply chain management systems that 
help  customers  improve  financial  performance,  increase  operational  efficiencies  and  deliver  better  patient  care.  
Solutions include: 

•  McKesson Pharmacy Optimization® — An experienced group of pharmacy professionals providing consulting 
services  and  pharmacy  practice  resources.    McKesson  Pharmacy  Optimization®  develops  customized  and 
quantifiable solutions that help hospitals create and sustain financial, operational and clinical results. 

•  Fulfill-RxSM

  —  Ordering  and  inventory  management  system  that  integrates  McKesson  pharmaceutical 
distribution  services  with  our  automation  solutions,  thus  empowering  hospitals  to  optimize  the  often 
complicated and disjointed processes related to unit-based cabinet replenishment and inventory management. 
•  Asset Management — Award-winning inventory optimization and purchasing management program that helps 

institutional providers lower costs while ensuring product availability. 

•  SKY  Packaging  —  Blister-format  packaging  containing  the  most  widely  prescribed  dosages  and  strengths  in 
generic oral-solid medications.  SKY Packaging enables acute care, long-term care and institutional pharmacies 
to provide cost-effective, uniform packaging. 

•  McKesson  OneStop  Generics®  —  Generic  pharmaceutical  purchasing  program  that  enables  acute  care 
pharmacies to capture the full potential of purchasing generic pharmaceuticals.  The Long-Term Care OneStop 
Generics program allows a long-term care pharmacy to capture savings on generic purchases. 

•  McKesson  340B  Solution  Suite  —  Solutions  that  help  providers  manage,  track  and  report  on  medication 

replenishment associated with the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. 

•  High Performance Pharmacy® — Framework that identifies and categorizes hospital pharmacy best practices to 
help  improve  clinical  outcomes  and  financial  results.    The  High  Performance  Pharmacy  Assessment  Tool 
enables  hospital  pharmacies  to  measure  against  comparable  institutions  and  chart  a  step-by-step  path  to  high 
performance.  

5 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson  Canada:    McKesson  Canada,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  is  one  of  the  largest  pharmaceutical 
distributors  in  Canada.    McKesson  Canada,  through  its  network  of  17  distribution  centers,  provides  logistics  and 
distribution  to  more  than  800  manufacturers  –  delivering  their  products  to  retail  pharmacies,  hospitals,  long-term 
care  centers,  clinics  and  institutions  throughout  Canada.    Beyond  pharmaceutical  distribution,  logistics  and  order 
fulfillment, McKesson Canada has automated over 2,500 retail pharmacies and is also active in hospital automation 
solutions,  dispensing  more  than  100 million  doses  each  year.    In  partnership  with  other  McKesson  businesses, 
McKesson  Canada  provides  a  full  range  of  services  to  Canadian  manufacturers  and  healthcare  providers, 
contributing to the quality and safety of care for patients. 

Medical–Surgical  Distribution:    This  business  provides  medical-surgical  supply  distribution,  equipment, 
logistics  and  other  services  to  healthcare  providers  including  physicians’  offices,  surgery  centers,  extended  care 
facilities, homecare and occupational health sites through a network of 28 distribution centers within the U.S.  This 
business is a leading provider of supplies to the full range of alternate-site healthcare facilities, including physicians’ 
offices, clinics and surgery centers (primary care), long-term care, occupational health facilities and homecare sites 
(extended  care).    Through  a  variety  of  technology  products  and  services  geared  towards  the  supply  chain,  our 
Medical-Surgical Distribution business is focused on helping its customers operate more efficiently while providing 
one  of  the  industry’s  most  extensive  product  offerings,  including  our  own  private  label  line.    This  business  also 
includes ZEE® Medical, one of the most extensive product offerings in the industry of first aid, safety and training 
solutions,  providing  services  to  industrial  and  commercial  customers.    This  business  offers  an  extensive  line  of 
products  and  services  aimed  at  maximizing  productivity  and  minimizing  the  liability  and  cost  associated  with 
workplace illnesses and injuries.   

McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation:    This  business  supplies  integrated  pharmacy  management 
systems, automated dispensing systems and related services to retail, outpatient, central fill, specialty and mail order 
pharmacies.  Its primary offering is EnterpriseRx®, a fully integrated and centrally hosted pharmacy management 
solution  (software  as  a  service  model).    EnterpriseRx®  centralizes  data,  reporting,  pricing  and  drug  updates, 
providing the operational control, visibility and support needed to reduce costs and streamline administrative tasks.  
We  also  own  a  39%  interest  in  Parata,  which  sells  automated  pharmacy  and  supply  management  systems  and 
services to retail and institutional pharmacies.  

McKesson Specialty Care Solutions:  This business provides solutions for patients with complex diseases and 
advances  specialty  care  by  facilitating  collaboration  among  healthcare  providers,  drug  manufacturers  and  payers 
through our expertise in specialty drug distribution and commercialization support.  The business provides direct-to-
physician  specialty  distribution  services  ensuring  specialty  drugs  are  received  in  manufacturer  recommended 
conditions.  This business also offers our industry leading Lynx® integrated technologies and clinical tools, which 
help  provider  organizations  to  improve  their  inventory  management,  business  efficiencies  and  reimbursement 
processes.    The  business  also  works  with  manufacturers  to  optimize  delivery  of  complex  medication  to  patients 
through  custom  distribution  and  safety  programs  that  support  appropriate  product  utilization,  as  well  as  the 
development and management of reimbursement and patient access programs that help patients to gain cost effective 
access to needed therapies.  On December 30, 2010, we acquired US Oncology Holdings, Inc. (“US Oncology”) of 
The  Woodlands,  Texas,  an  integrated  oncology  company,  which  expands  our  existing  specialty  pharmaceutical 
distribution  business  and  adds  practice  management  services  for  oncologists.    US  Oncology  is  affiliated  with 
community-based oncologists, and works with patients, hospitals, payers and the broader medical industry across all 
phases of the cancer research and delivery continuum. 

Technology Solutions 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  provides  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  software,  automation,  support  and 
services to help healthcare organizations improve quality and patient safety, reduce the cost and variability of care 
and better manage their resources and revenue stream.  This segment also includes our InterQual® clinical criteria 
solution,  medical  management  tools,  claims  payment  solutions  and  care  management  programs.    Technology 
Solutions  markets  its  products  and  services  to  integrated  delivery  networks,  hospitals,  physician  practices,  home 
healthcare  providers,  retail  pharmacies  and  payers.    Our  solutions  and  services  are  sold  internationally  through 
subsidiaries and/or distribution agreements in Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and 
Israel.  

6 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The product portfolio for the Technology Solutions segment is designed to address a wide array of healthcare 
clinical  and  business  performance  needs  ranging  from  medication  safety  and  information  access  to  revenue  cycle 
management, resource utilization and physician adoption of electronic health records (“EHR”).  Analytics software 
enables organizations to measure progress as they automate care processes for optimal clinical outcomes, business 
and operating results and regulatory compliance.  To ensure that organizations achieve the maximum value for their 
information technology investment, we also offer a wide range of services to support the implementation and use of 
solutions as well as assist with business and clinical redesign, process re-engineering and staffing (both information 
technology and back-office). 

Key solution areas are as follows: 

Clinical and financial management:  We provide comprehensive clinical and financial information systems for 
hospitals and  health  systems  of all  sizes. These systems are designed to improve the  safety and quality of patient 
care and improve clinical, financial and operational performance.  Clinical functionality includes a data repository, 
care  planning,  physician  order  entry  and  documentation,  nursing  documentation  with  bar-coded  medication 
administration, laboratory, radiology, pharmacy, surgical management, emergency department and ambulatory EHR 
systems, a Web-based physician portal and a comprehensive solution for homecare. Revenue management solutions 
are designed to improve financial performance by reducing days in accounts receivable, preventing insurance claim 
denials, reducing costs and improving productivity. Solutions include online patient billing, contract management, 
electronic claims processing and coding compliance checking.   These solutions streamline patient access and help 
organizations  to  forecast  financial  responsibility  for  constituents  before  and  during  care,  allowing  providers  to 
collect their reimbursements more quickly and at a lower cost. 

Enterprise imaging:  In addition to document imaging to facilitate maintenance and access to complete medical 
records,  we  offer  medical  imaging  and  information  management  systems  for  healthcare  enterprises,  including  a 
picture  archiving  communications  system,  a  radiology  information  system  and  a  comprehensive  cardiovascular 
information system.  Our enterprise-wide approach to medical imaging enables organizations to take advantage of 
specialty-specific  workstations  while  building  an  integrated  image  repository  that  manages  all  of  the  images  and 
information captured throughout the care continuum. 

Performance  management:    Performance  management  solutions  are  designed  to  enhance  an  organization’s 
ability to plan and optimize quality care delivery.  Enterprise visibility and performance analytics provide business 
intelligence  that  enables  providers  to  manage  capacity,  outcomes,  productivity  and  patient  flow.    Workforce 
management solutions assist caregivers with staffing and maintaining labor rule continuity between scheduling, time 
and  attendance  and  payroll.  A  comprehensive  supply  chain  management  solution  integrates  enterprise  resource 
planning  applications,  including  financials,  materials,  human  resources/payroll,  with  scheduling,  point  of  use, 
surgical and anesthesia services and enterprise-wide analytics.  

Automation:    Automation  solutions  include  technologies  that  help  hospitals  re-engineer  and  improve  their 
medication  use  processes.    Examples  include  centralized  pharmacy  automation  for  dispensing  unit-dose 
medications, unit-based cabinet technologies for secure medication storage and rapid retrieval and an anesthesia cart 
for dispensing of medications in the operating room.  Based on a foundation of bar-code scanning technology, these 
integrated solutions are designed to reduce errors and bring new levels of safety to patients.  

Physician practice solutions:  We provide a complete solution for physician practices of all sizes that includes 
software, revenue cycle outsourcing and connectivity services.  Software solutions include practice management and 
EHR software for physicians of every size and specialty.  Our physician practice offering also includes outsourced 
billing  and  collection  services  as  well  as  services  that  connect  physicians  with  their  patients,  hospitals,  retail 
pharmacies and payers.  Revenue cycle outsourcing enables physician groups to avoid the infrastructure investment 
and administrative costs of an in-house billing office.  Services include clinical data collection, data input, medical 
coding, billing, contract management, cash collections, accounts receivable management and extensive reporting of 
metrics related to the physician practice. 

7 

 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Connectivity:    Through  our  vendor-neutral  RelayHealth®  and  its  intelligent  network,  the  Company  provides 
health  information  exchange  and  revenue  cycle  management  solutions  that  streamline  clinical,  financial  and 
administrative  communication  between  patients,  providers,  payers,  pharmacies,  manufacturers,  government  and 
financial  institutions.    RelayHealth®  helps  to  accelerate  the  delivery  of  high-quality  care  and  improve  financial 
performance  through  online  consultation  of  physicians  by  patients,  electronic  prescribing  by  physicians,  point-of-
service resolution of pharmacy claims by payers, pre-visit financial clearance of patients by providers and post-visit 
settlement  of  provider  bills  by  payers  and  patients.    RelayHealth®  securely  processes  more  than  14.8 billion 
financial and clinical transactions annually. 

In  addition  to  the  product  offerings  described  above,  Technology  Solutions  offers  a  comprehensive  range  of 
services to help organizations derive greater value, enhance satisfaction and return on investment throughout the life 
of the solutions implemented.  The range of services includes: 

Technology  Services:    Technology  services  supports  the  smooth  operation  of  numerous  organizations’ 
information  systems  by  providing  the  technical  infrastructure  designed  to  maximize  application  accessibility, 
availability, security and performance. 

Outsourcing  Services:  With  these  services,  we  help providers  focus their resources on  healthcare  while  their 
information  technology  or  operations  are  supported  through  managed  services,  including  outsourcing.    Service 
options  include  remote  hosting,  managing  hospital  data  processing  operations,  as  well  as  strategic  information 
systems planning and management, revenue cycle processes, payroll processing, business office administration and 
major system conversions. 

Professional  Services:    Professional  services  help  customers  achieve  business  results  from  their  software  or 
automation  investment.    A  wide  array  of  service  options  is  available,  including  consulting  for  business  and/or 
clinical process improvement and re-design as well as implementation, project management, technical and education 
services relating to all products in the Technology Solutions segment. 

Payer  Group:    The  following  suite  of  services  and  software  products  is  marketed  to  payers,  hospitals  and 

government organizations to help manage the cost and quality of care: 

•  Disease  management  programs  to  improve  the  health  status  and  health  outcomes  of  patients  with  chronic 

conditions;  

•  Nurse advice services to provide health information and recommend appropriate levels of care; 
•  Clinical and analytical software to support utilization, case and disease management workflows; 
•  Business intelligence tools for measuring, reporting and improving clinical and financial performance; 
• 
InterQual® Criteria for clinical decision support and utilization management; and 
•  Claims payment solutions to facilitate accurate and efficient medical claim payments. 

Business Combinations and Discontinued Operation 

We  have  undertaken  strategic  initiatives  in  recent  years  designed  to  further  focus  on  our  core  healthcare 
businesses and enhance our competitive position.  We expect to continue to undertake such strategic initiatives in 
the future.  These initiatives are detailed in Financial Notes 2 and 6, “Business Combinations” and “Discontinued 
Operation,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Competition 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, 
both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line,  short-line  and  specialty  wholesalers,  service 
merchandisers,  self-warehousing  chains,  manufacturers  engaged  in  direct  distribution,  third-party  logistics 
companies  and  large  payer  organizations.    In  addition,  this  segment  faces  competition  from  various  other  service 
providers and from pharmaceutical and other healthcare  manufacturers as  well as other potential customers of the 
segment,  which  may  from  time-to-time  decide  to  develop,  for  their  own  internal  needs,  supply  management 
capabilities  that  would  otherwise  be  provided  by  the  segment.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and  in  some  cases, 
convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive elements in this segment. 

8 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
software services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, payers, care 
management  organizations,  hardware  vendors  and  internet-based  companies  with  technology  applicable  to  the 
healthcare  industry.    Competition  varies  in  size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage  and  in 
scope and breadth of products and services offered. 

Intellectual Property 

The  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  of  the  Distribution  Solutions  segment  include:  AccessHealth®, 
Acumax®,  Central  FillSM,  Closed  Loop  DistributionSM,  CypressSM,  Cypress  Plus®,  Edwards  Medical  Supply®, 
Empowering Healthcare®, EnterpriseRx®, Expect More From MooreSM, FrontEdge™, Fulfill-RxSM, Health Mart®, 
High  Performance  Pharmacy®,  LoyaltyScript®,  Lynx®,  Max  Impact®,  McKesson®,  McKesson  AdvantageSM, 
McKesson ConnectSM, McKesson Empowering Healthcare®, McKesson High Volume SolutionsSM, McKesson Max 
Rewards®, McKesson OneStop Generics®, McKesson Pharmacy CentralSM, McKesson Pharmacy Optimization®, 
McKesson  Priority  Express  OTCSM,  McKesson  Reimbursement  AdvantageSM,  McKesson  Supply  ManagerSM, 
MediNet™,  Medi-Pak®,  Mobile  ManagerSM,  Moore  Medical®,  Moorebrand®,  Northstarx®,  Onmark®,  OTN®, 
Pharma360®,  PharmacyRx™,  Pharmaserv®,  RX  PakSM,  RxOwnership®,  ServiceFirstSM,  Staydry®,  Sterling 
Medical  Services®,  Sunmark®,  The  Supply  Experts®,  Supply  Management  OnlineSM,  TrialScript®,  Valu-Rite®, 
XVIII  B  Medi  Mart®,  Zee  Medical  Service®,  ZEE®,  US  Oncology®,    United  We  WinSM,  Triangle  Design®, 
AccessMed®, OncologyRx Care Advantage®, Oncology TodaySM, Nexcura®, Innovent®, Comprehensive Strategic 
Alliance  (CSA)SM,  Advancing  Cancer  Care  in  America®,  iKnowMedSM,  Accessmed®,  CaresRxSM,  Research  & 
Education®,  Heal  Living  Well  After  Cancer®,  Heart  Profilers  &  Design®,  Iknowchart™,  Oncology  Today 
Translating Knowledge Into Cancer Care®, Radmap™, Selectplus Oncology®, US Cancer AllianceSM, and Market 
Focus SM

. 

The  substantial  majority  of  technical  concepts  and  codes  embodied  in  our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s 
computer programs and program documentation are protected as trade secrets.  The principal trademarks and service 
marks  for  this  segment  are:    AcuDose-Rx®,  ANSOS  One-Staff™,  Ask-A-Nurse®,  Care  Fully  Connected™, 
CareEnhance®,  Connect-RN™,  Connect-Rx®,  CRMS™,  DataStat®,  ePremis®,  Episode  Profiler™,  E-Script™, 
SM,  HealthQuest™,  Horizon  Admin-Rx™,  Horizon  Clinicals®,  Horizon  Enterprise  Revenue 
Fulfill-Rx
ManagementTM
InterQual®,  Lytec®,  MedCarousel®,  Medisoft®,  ORSOS  One-Call™, 
PACMED™,  PakPlus-Rx™,  Paragon®,  Pathways  2000®,  Patterns  Profiler™,  Per-Se™,  Per-Se  Technologies®, 
PerYourHealth.com®, Practice Partner®, Premis®, ProIntercept®, ProMed®, ProPBM®, RelayHealth®, ROBOT-
Rx®, SelfPace®, Series 2000™, STAR 2000™, SupplyScan™, TRENDSTAR® and WebVisit™. 

,  HorizonWP®, 

We  also  own  other  registered  and  unregistered  trademarks  and  service  marks  and  similar  rights  used  by  our 
business  segments.    Many  of  the  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  are  registered  in  the  United  States,  or 
registrations have been applied for with respect to such marks, in addition to certain other jurisdictions.  The United 
States federal registrations of these trademarks have terms of ten or twenty years, depending on date of registration, 
and are subject to unlimited renewals.  We believe that we have taken all necessary steps to preserve the registration 
and  duration  of  our  trademarks  and  service  marks,  although  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  we  will  be  able  to 
successfully  enforce  or  protect  our  rights  thereunder  in  the  event  that  they  are  subject  to  third-party  infringement 
claims.  We do  not consider any particular patent, license, franchise or concession  to be  material to our business.  
We also hold copyrights in, and patents related to, many of our products. 

Other Information about the Business 

Customers:    During  2011,  sales  to  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  51%  of  our  total 
consolidated  revenues.    Sales  to  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS  Caremark  Corporation  (“CVS”)  and  Rite  Aid 
Corporation  (“Rite  Aid”),  accounted  for  approximately  14%  and  11%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.    At 
March 31,  2011,  accounts  receivable  from  our  ten  largest  customers  were  approximately  43%  of  total  accounts 
receivable.  Accounts receivable  from  CVS, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) and Rite Aid  were approximately 
13%,  10%  and  9%  of  total  accounts  receivable.    Substantially  all  of  these  revenues  and  accounts  receivable  are 
included in our Distribution Solutions segment. 

9 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Suppliers:    We  obtain  pharmaceutical  and  other  products  from  manufacturers,  none  of  which  accounted  for 
more than approximately 7% of our purchases in 2011.  The loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if 
alternate sources of supply are unavailable.  We believe that our relationships with our suppliers on the whole are 
good.  The ten largest suppliers in 2011 accounted for approximately 47% of our purchases. 

A significant portion of our distribution arrangements with the manufacturers provides us compensation based 
on  a  percentage  of  our  purchases.    In  addition,  we  have  certain  distribution  arrangements  with  branded 
pharmaceutical  manufacturers  that  include  an  inflation-based  compensation  component  whereby  we  benefit  when 
the  manufacturers  increase  their  prices  as  we  sell  our  existing  inventory  at  the  new  higher  prices.    For  these 
manufacturers, a reduction in the frequency and magnitude of price increases, as well as restrictions in the amount of 
inventory available to us, could have a material adverse impact on our gross profit margin. 

Research  and  Development:    Our  development  expenditures  primarily  consist  of  our  investment  in  software 
held for sale.  We spent $471 million, $451 million and $438 million for development activities in 2011, 2010 and 
2009 and of these amounts, we capitalized 14%, 17% and 17%.  Development expenditures are primarily incurred 
by  our  Technology  Solutions  segment.    Our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s  product  development  efforts  apply 
computer technology and installation methodologies to specific information processing needs of hospitals and other 
customers.  We believe that a substantial and sustained commitment to such expenditures is important to the long-
term success of this business.  Additional information regarding our development activities is included in Financial 
Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. 

Environmental  Regulation:    Our  operations  are  subject  to  regulation  under  various  federal,  state,  local  and 
foreign  laws  concerning  the  environment,  including  laws  addressing  the  discharge  of  pollutants  into  the  air  and 
water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites.  We 
could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions and third-party damage or 
personal injury claims, if in the future we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. 

We  are  committed  to  maintaining  compliance  with  all  environmental  laws  applicable  to  our  operations, 
products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business.  We  meet this 
commitment through an environmental strategy and sustainability program. 

We  sold  our  chemical  distribution  operations  in  1987  and  retained  responsibility  for  certain  environmental 
obligations.  Agreements  with the Environmental Protection Agency and certain states may require environmental 
assessments and cleanups at several closed sites.  These matters are described further in Financial Note 17, “Other 
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. 

The  liability  for  environmental  remediation  and  other  environmental  costs  is  accrued  when  the  Company 
considers it probable and can reasonably estimate the costs.  Environmental costs and accruals, including that related 
to  our  legacy  chemical  distribution  operations,  are  presently  not  material  to  our  operations  or  financial  position.  
Although there is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products 
will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operations  or  financial  condition,  we  do  not  currently  anticipate 
material capital expenditures for environmental matters.  Other than the expected expenditures that may be required 
in  connection  with  our  legacy  chemical  distribution  operations,  we  do  not  anticipate  making  substantial  capital 
expenditures  either  for  environmental  issues,  or  to  comply  with  environmental  laws  and  regulations  in  the  future.  
The amount of our capital expenditures for environmental compliance was not material in 2011 and is not expected 
to be material in the next year. 

Employees:  On March 31, 2011,  we employed approximately 36,400  persons compared to 32,500  on March 

31, 2010 and 2009. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations:  Information as to foreign and domestic 
operations is included in Financial Notes 1 and 20, “Significant Accounting Policies” and “Segments of Business,” 
to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

10 

 
 
Forward-Looking Statements 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

This  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders,  including  the  Chairman’s  2011  letter,  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report and the “Risk Factors” 
in Item 1A of Part I of this report, contains  forward-looking statements  within the  meaning of section 27A of the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Some of 
these  statements  can  be  identified  by  use  of  forward-looking  words  such  as  “believes,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,” 
“may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “seeks,”  “approximately,”  “intends,”  “plans”  or  “estimates,”  or  the  negative  of  these 
words, or other comparable terminology.  The discussion of financial trends, strategy, plans or intentions may also 
include  forward-looking  statements.    Forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause 
actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated, or implied.  Although it is not possible to predict 
or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed in Item 1A 
of Part I of this report under “Risk Factors.”  The reader should not consider the list to be a complete statement of all 
potential risks and uncertainties. 

These and other risks and uncertainties are described herein and in other information contained in our publicly 
available  SEC  filings  and  press  releases.    Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-
looking statements, which speak only as of the date such statements were first made.  Except to the extent required 
by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-
looking  statements  to  reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the  date  hereof,  or  to  reflect  the  occurrence  of 
unanticipated events. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

The risks described below could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, 
liquidity and cash flows.  Although it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  factors  discussed  below.    Our  business  operations  could  also  be  affected  by 
additional  factors  that  are  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  consider  not  to  be  material  to  our 
operations.  The reader should not consider this list to be a complete statement of all risks and uncertainties. 

We  are  subject  to  legal  proceedings  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  and 
results of operations. 

From time-to-time and in the ordinary course of our business, we and certain of our subsidiaries may become 
involved  in  various  legal  proceedings  involving  antitrust,  commercial,  employment,  environmental,  intellectual 
property, regulatory, tort and other various claims.  All such legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable, and the 
outcome can result in excessive verdicts and/or injunctive relief that may affect how we operate our business or we 
may enter into settlements of claims for monetary damages.  In some cases, substantial non-economic remedies or 
punitive  damages  may  be  sought.    For  some  complaints  filed  against  the  Company,  we  are  currently  unable  to 
estimate the amount of possible losses that might be incurred should these legal proceedings be resolved against the 
Company. 

The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always uncertain and outcomes that are not justified by the 
evidence or existing law can occur.  The Company believes that it has valid defenses to the legal matters pending 
against it and is defending itself vigorously.  Nevertheless, it is possible that resolution of one or any combination of 
more  than  one  legal  matter  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations.  For example, we are involved in a number of legal proceedings described in Financial Note 17, “Other 
Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  that  could  have 
such an impact, including class actions and other legal proceedings alleging that we engaged in illegal conduct that 
caused average wholesale prices to rise for certain prescription drugs during specified periods. 

Litigation is costly, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations.  The defense of these matters 
could  also  result  in  continued  diversion  of  our  management’s  time  and  attention  away  from  business  operations, 
which could also harm our business.  Even if these matters are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense 
associated  with  unresolved legal proceedings could  harm our business and reputation.    For additional information 
regarding certain of the legal  proceedings in  which  we are involved, see Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments 
and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

11 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Changes  in  the  United  States  healthcare  industry  and  regulatory  environment  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our results of operations. 

Our products and services are primarily intended to function within the structure of the healthcare financing and 
reimbursement  system  currently  being  used  in  the  United  States.    In  recent  years,  the  healthcare  industry  in  the 
United States has changed significantly in an effort to reduce costs.  These changes have included increased use of 
managed care, cuts in Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement levels, consolidation of pharmaceutical and medical-
surgical  supply  distributors  and  the  development  of  large,  sophisticated  purchasing  groups.    We  expect  the 
healthcare industry in the United States to continue to change and for healthcare delivery models to evolve in the 
future.   

Changes in the healthcare industry’s or our pharmaceutical suppliers’ pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or 
supply  policies  or  practices  could  significantly  reduce  our  revenues  and  net  income.    Due  to  the  diverse  range  of 
healthcare  supply  management  and  healthcare  information  technology  products  and  services  that  we  offer,  such 
changes  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations,  while  not  affecting  some  of  our 
competitors who offer a narrower range of products and services. 

The majority of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business’ agreements with manufacturers are structured to 
ensure  that  we  are  appropriately  and  predictably  compensated  for  the  services  we  provide;  however,  failure  to 
successfully renew these contracts in a timely and favorable  manner could have a  material adverse impact on our 
results  of  operations.    In  addition,  branded  price  inflation  can  be  the  partial  economic  basis  of  some  of  our 
distribution  business  agreements  with  pharmaceutical  manufacturers.    If  the  frequency  or  rate  of  branded  price 
increases slows, it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.   

In addition, we also distribute generic pharmaceuticals, which can be subject to both price deflation and price 
inflation.  Healthcare and public policy trends indicate that the number of generic drugs will increase over the next 
few years as a result of the expiration of certain drug patents.  In recent years, our financial results have improved 
from  our  generic  drug  offerings.    An  increase  or  a  decrease  in  the  availability  or  changes  in  pricing  trends  or 
reimbursement of these generic drugs could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Generic  drug  manufacturers  are  increasingly  challenging  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  patents  on  branded 
pharmaceutical  products.    During  the  pendency  of  these  legal  challenges,  a  generics  manufacturer  may  begin 
manufacturing and selling a generic version of the branded product prior to the final resolution to its legal challenge 
over the branded product’s patent.  To the extent we source and distribute such generic products launched “at risk,” 
the brand-name company could assert infringement claims against us.  While we generally obtain indemnification 
against  such  claims  from  generic  manufacturers  as  a  condition  of  distributing  their  products,  there  can  be  no 
assurances that these rights will be adequate or sufficient to protect us. 

In recent years, the pharmaceutical suppliers have been subject to increasing consolidation.  As a result, a small 
number  of  very  large  companies  control  a  significant  share  of  the  market.    Accordingly,  we  depend  on  fewer 
suppliers for our products and therefore we may be less able to negotiate price terms with suppliers.   

Many healthcare organizations also have consolidated to create larger healthcare enterprises with greater market 
power.    If  this  consolidation  trend  continues,  it  could  reduce  the  size  of  our  target  market  and  give  the  resulting 
enterprises  greater  bargaining  power,  which  may  lead  to  erosion  of  the  prices  for  our  products  and  services.    In 
addition, when healthcare organizations combine they often consolidate infrastructure including IT systems, which 
in turn may erode our customer and revenue base. 

The healthcare industry is highly regulated, and further regulation of our distribution businesses and computer-
related  products  and  services  could  impose  increased  costs,  negatively  impact  our  profit  margins  and  the  profit 
margins  of  our  customers,  delay  the  introduction  or  implementation  of  our  new  products,  or  otherwise  negatively 
impact our business and expose the Company to litigation and regulatory investigations.  

12 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Healthcare  Fraud:    We  are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently  changing  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and 
regulations relating to healthcare fraud, and the federal government continues to strengthen its position and scrutiny 
over  practices  involving  fraud  affecting  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  other  government  healthcare  programs.    Our 
relationships with pharmaceutical and medical-surgical product manufacturers and healthcare providers, as well as 
our provision of products and services to government entities, subject our business to laws and regulations on fraud 
and  abuse,  which  among  other  things  (1)  prohibit  persons  from  soliciting,  offering,  receiving  or  paying  any 
remuneration in order to induce the referral of a patient for treatment or for inducing the ordering or purchasing of 
items  or  services  that  are  in  any  way  paid  for  by  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  other  government-sponsored  healthcare 
programs, (2) impose a number of restrictions upon referring physicians and providers of designated health services 
under Medicare and Medicaid programs, and (3) prohibit the knowing submission of a false or fraudulent claim for 
payment to a federal health care program such as Medicare and Medicaid.  Many of the regulations applicable to us, 
including those relating to marketing incentives, are vague or indefinite and have not been interpreted by the courts.  
They  may  be  interpreted  or  applied  by  a  prosecutorial,  regulatory,  or  judicial  authority  in  a  manner  that  could 
require us to make changes in our operations.  If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could 
suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or our ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid 
and other federal and state healthcare programs. 

Reimbursements:  Both our profit margins and the profit margins of our customers may be adversely affected by 
laws and regulations reducing reimbursement rates for pharmaceuticals, medical treatments and related services, or 
changing the methodology by which reimbursement levels are determined.  For example, the Patient Protection and 
Affordable  Care  Act  and  the  Health  Care  and  Education  Reconciliation  Act  (collectively  the  “Affordable  Care 
Act”),  signed  into  law  in  2010,  revised  the  federal  upper  limits  for  Medicaid  reimbursement  for  multiple  source 
generic drugs available for purchase by retail community pharmacies on a nationwide basis to a limit of not less than 
175% of the weighted average (determined on the basis of utilization) of the most recently reported monthly average 
manufacturer price (“AMP”) using a smoothing process.  In addition, Medicare, Medicaid and the State Children’s 
Health  Insurance  Program  (“SCHIP”)  Extension  Act  of  2007  requires  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
Services  (“CMS”)  to  adjust  the  calculation  of  the  Medicare  Part  B  drug  average  sales  price  (“ASP”)  to  an  actual 
sales volume basis.  We expect that the use of an AMP benchmark and the revised ASP calculations would  result in 
a reduction in the Medicaid reimbursement rates to our customers for certain generic pharmaceuticals, which could 
indirectly impact the prices that we can charge our customers and cause corresponding declines in our profitability.  
There can be no assurance that these changes would not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Operating,  Security  and  Licensure  Standards:    We  are  subject  to  the  operating  and  security  standards  of  the 
Drug Enforcement Administration (the “DEA”), the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), various state boards of 
pharmacy,  state  health  departments,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”),  the  CMS  and 
other comparable agencies.  Certain of our businesses may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, 
and comply with operating and security standards of the DEA, FDA, HHS, CMS, various state boards of pharmacy, 
state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as foreign agencies and certain accrediting bodies, 
depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.  As part of these 
operating,  security  and  licensure  standards,  we  regularly  receive  requests  for  information  and  occasionally 
subpoenas from government authorities.  Although we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with 
applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal  would not reach a 
different conclusion concerning the compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations.  In addition, 
there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or renew existing permits, licenses or any other regulatory 
approvals or obtain without significant delay future permits, licenses or other approvals needed for the operation of 
our businesses.  Any noncompliance by us with applicable laws and regulations or the failure to maintain, renew or 
obtain necessary permits and licenses could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Pedigree  Tracking:  There  have  been  increasing  efforts  by  various  levels  of  government  agencies,  including 
state boards of pharmacy and comparable government agencies, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system 
in  order  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  counterfeit,  adulterated  and/or  mislabeled  drugs  into  the  pharmaceutical 
distribution system (“pedigree tracking”).  Certain states have adopted or are considering laws and regulations that 
are intended to protect the integrity of the pharmaceutical distribution system, while other government agencies are 
currently evaluating their recommendations.  For example, Florida has adopted pedigree tracking requirements and 
California  has  enacted  a  law  requiring  chain  of  custody  technology  using  radio  frequency  tagging  and  electronic 
pedigrees, which will be effective for us in July 2016.   

13 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Final  regulations  under  the  federal  Prescription  Drug  Marketing  Act  requiring  pedigree  and  chain  of  custody 
tracking in certain circumstances became effective December 1, 2006.  This latter regulation has been challenged in 
a case brought by secondary distributors.  A preliminary injunction was issued by the United States District Court 
for the Eastern District of New York that temporarily enjoined implementation of this regulation.  This injunction 
was affirmed by the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in July 2008.  In December 2008, both parties agreed to 
delay this litigation, pending the outcome of certain U.S. congressional legislative initiatives.  In addition, the Food 
and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 (“FDAA”), which went into effect on October 1, 2007, requires 
the  FDA  to  establish  standards  and  identify  and  validate  effective  technologies  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the 
pharmaceutical  supply  chain  against  counterfeit  drugs.    These  standards  may  include  any  track-and-trace  or 
authentication  technologies,  such  as  radio  frequency  identification  devices  and  other  similar  technologies.    On 
March  26,  2010,  the  FDA  released  the  Serialized  Numerical  Identifier  (“SNI”)  guidance  for  manufacturers  who 
serialize pharmaceutical packaging.  We expect to be able to accommodate these SNI regulations in our distribution 
operations.  Nonetheless, these pedigree tracking laws and regulations could increase the overall regulatory burden 
and costs associated with our pharmaceutical distribution business, and could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations. 

Privacy:  State, federal and foreign laws regulate the confidentiality of sensitive personal information, how that 
information may be used, and the circumstances under which such information may be released.  These regulations 
govern the disclosure and use of confidential personal and patient medical record information and require the users 
of such information to implement specified privacy and security measures.  Regulations currently in place, including 
regulations governing electronic health data transmissions, continue to evolve and are often unclear and difficult to 
apply.  Although our policies, procedures and systems are being updated and modified to comply with the current 
requirements of applicable state and foreign laws, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act 
of  1996  (“HIPAA”)  and  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  (“HITECH”)  Act 
portion of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”) of 2009, evolving laws and regulations in this 
area could restrict the ability of our customers to obtain, use or disseminate patient information, or it could require 
us to incur significant additional costs to re-design our products in a timely manner, either of  which could have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, the HITECH Act expanded HIPAA privacy and 
security  requirements  and  increased  financial  penalties  for  violations.    It  also  extended  certain  provisions  of  the 
federal  privacy  and  security  standards  to  us  in  our  capacity  as  a  business  associate  of  our  payer  and  provider 
customers.  These standards may be interpreted by a regulatory authority in a manner that could require us to make a 
material change to our operations.  Furthermore, failure to maintain confidentiality of sensitive personal information 
in  accordance  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  could  expose  us  to  breach  of  contract  claims,  fines  and 
penalties, costs for remediation and harm to our reputation. 

Health Care Reform:  The Affordable Care Act significantly expanded health insurance coverage to uninsured 
Americans and changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private payers.  Further federal 
and state proposals for healthcare reform are likely.  While we do not currently anticipate that the Affordable Care 
Act will have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, given the scope of the 
changes made and the uncertainties associated with the its implementation, we cannot predict its full impact on the 
Company at this time. 

Interoperability  Standards:    There  is  increasing  demand  among  customers,  industry  groups  and  government 
authorities that healthcare software and systems provided by various vendors be compatible with each other.  This 
need for interoperability is leading to the development of standards by various groups, and certain federal and state 
agencies are also developing standards that could become mandatory for systems purchased by these agencies.  For 
example,  the  HITECH  Act  requires  meaningful  use  of  “certified”  healthcare  information  technology  products  by 
healthcare providers in order to receive stimulus funds from the federal government.  Effective September 27, 2010, 
CMS issued a rule that utilizes a staged approach for defining meaningful use criteria.  In “Stage 1,” CMS defined 
the  initial  criteria  for  meaningful  use,  and  has  stated  that  it  intends  to  update  these  initial  criteria  with  additional 
“Stage 2” criteria by the end of calendar 2011, and with additional “Stage 3” criteria by the end of calendar 2013.  
We  may  incur  increased  development  costs  and  delays  in  upgrading  our  customer  software  and  systems  to  be  in 
compliance with these varying and evolving standards.  In addition, these new standards may lengthen our sales and 
implementation cycle and we may incur costs in periods prior to the corresponding recognition of revenue.  To the 
extent  these  standards  are  narrowly  construed  or  delayed  in  publication,  or  that  we  are  delayed  in  achieving 
certification  under  these  evolving  standards  for  applicable  products,  our  customers  may  postpone  or  cancel  their 
decisions to purchase or implement our software and systems. 

14 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FDA  Regulation  of  Computer  Products.    The  FDA  has  increasingly  focused  on  the  regulation  of  computer 
products and computer-assisted products as medical devices under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.  For 
example, effective April 18, 2011, the FDA issued a new rule regulating certain computer data systems as medical 
devices.    If  the  FDA  chooses  to  regulate  any  of  our  products  as  medical  devices,  it  can  impose  extensive 
requirements upon us.  If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements, the FDA could respond by imposing 
fines, injunctions or civil penalties, requiring recalls or product corrections, suspending production, refusing to grant 
pre-market clearance of products, withdrawing clearances and initiating criminal prosecution.  Any additional FDA 
regulations  governing  computer  products,  once  issued,  may  increase  the  cost  and  time  to  market  new  or  existing 
products or may prevent us from marketing our products. 

Standards  for  Submission  of  Health  Care  Claims:    HHS  has  adopted  two  new  rules  that  impact  healthcare 
claims submitted for reimbursement.  In the first rule, effective January 1, 2012, HHS has modified the standards for 
electronic health care transactions (e.g., eligibility, claims submission and payment and electronic remittance) from 
Version  4010/4010A  to  Version  5010.    In  the  second  rule,  effective  October  1,  2013,  HHS  has  updated  and 
expanded  the  standard  medical  code  sets  for  diagnosis  and  procedure  coding  from  International  Classification  of 
Diseases,  Ninth  Revision  (“ICD-9”)  to  International  Classification  of  Diseases,  Tenth  Revision  (“ICD-10”).  
Updating systems to Version 5010 is required for use of the ICD-10 code set.  Generally, claims submitted not using 
Version 5010 and ICD-10  when required  will  not be processed, and  health plans  not accepting transactions  using 
Version  5010  and  ICD-10  may  experience  significant  increases  in  customer  service  inquiries.    We  may  incur 
increased  development  costs  and  delays  in  delivering  solutions  and  upgrading  our  software  and  systems  to  be  in 
compliance with these new standards.  In addition, these standards may lengthen our sales and implementation cycle 
and we may incur costs in periods prior to the corresponding recognition of revenue.  Delays in providing software 
and  systems  that  are  in  compliance  with  the  new  standards  may  result  in  postponement  or  cancellation  of  our 
customers’ decisions to purchase our software and systems. 

Claims  Transmissions:  Medical  billing  and  collection  activities  are  governed  by  numerous  federal  and  state 
civil  and  criminal  laws  that  pertain  to  companies  that  provide  billing  and  collection  services,  or  that  provide 
consulting services in connection with billing and collection activities.  In connection with these laws, we may be 
subjected to federal or state government investigations and possible penalties may be imposed upon us, false claims 
actions may have to be defended, private payers may file claims against us and we may be excluded from Medicare, 
Medicaid  or  other  government-funded  healthcare  programs.    Any  such  proceeding  or  investigation  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Changes in the Canadian healthcare industry and regulatory environment could have a material adverse impact 
on our results of operations.  

The  provincial  governments  in  Canada  provide  partial  funding  for  the  purchase  of  pharmaceuticals  and 
independently regulate the sale and reimbursement of drugs.  Similar to the United States, the Canadian healthcare 
industry has  undergone  significant changes  in recent  years  in an effort to reduce program costs.   For example, in 
2006  the  Ontario  government  significantly  revised  the  drug  reimbursement  system  with  the  passage  of  the 
Transparent Drug System for Patients Act.  In recent years, to reduce the cost for taxpayers, various provinces took 
further steps to reform the rules regarding the sale of generic drugs.  These changes include the significant lowering 
of  prices  for  generic  pharmaceuticals  and,  in  some  provinces,  the  elimination  or  reduction  of  professional 
allowances paid to pharmacists by generic  manufacturers.   These reforms  may adversely affect the distribution of 
drugs  as  well  as  the  pricing  for  prescription  drugs  for  the  Company’s  operations  in  Canada.    Other  provinces  are 
considering  similar  changes,  which  would  also  lower  pharmaceutical  pricing  and  service  fees.    Individually  or  in 
combination, such changes in the Canadian healthcare environment may significantly reduce our Canadian revenue 
and operating profit.   

15 

 
 
Competition may erode our profit. 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, 
both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line,  short-line  and  specialty  wholesalers,  service 
merchandisers,  self-warehousing  chains,  manufacturers  engaged  in  direct  distribution,  third-party  logistics 
companies  and  large  payer  organizations.    In  addition,  this  segment  faces  competition  from  various  other  service 
providers and from pharmaceutical and other healthcare  manufacturers as  well as other potential customers of the 
segment,  which  may  from  time-to-time  decide  to  develop,  for  their  own  internal  needs,  supply  management 
capabilities  that  would  otherwise  be  provided  by  the  segment.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and  in  some  cases, 
convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive elements in this segment. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
software services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, payers, care 
management  organizations,  hardware  vendors  and  internet-based  companies  with  technology  applicable  to  the 
healthcare  industry.    Competition  varies  in  size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage  and  in 
scope  and  breadth  of  products  and  services  offered.    These  competitive  pressures  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our results of operations. 

A material reduction in purchases or the loss of a large customer or group purchasing organization, as well as 
substantial  defaults  in  payment  by  a  large  customer  or  group  purchasing  organization,  could  have  a  material 
adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. 

In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large customers.  
During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues.  
Sales  to  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS  and  Rite  Aid,  accounted  for  approximately  14%  and  11%  of  our  total 
consolidated revenues.  At March 31, 2011, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 
43% of total accounts receivable.  Accounts receivable from CVS, Walmart and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 
10%  and  9%  of  total  accounts  receivable.    As  a  result,  our  sales  and  credit  concentration  is  significant.    We  also 
have agreements with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing agent on 
behalf  of  member  hospitals,  pharmacies  and  other  healthcare  providers,  as  well  as  with  government  entities  and 
agencies.  A material default in payment, change in our customer mix, reduction in purchases, or the loss of a large 
customer  or  GPO  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
liquidity. 

We generally sell our products and services to customers on credit that is short-term in nature and unsecured.  
Any adverse change in general economic conditions can adversely reduce sales to our customers, affect consumer 
buying practices or cause our customers to delay or be unable to pay accounts receivable owed to us, which may in 
turn materially reduce our revenue growth and cause a material decrease in our profitability and cash flow.  Further, 
interest rate fluctuations and changes in capital market conditions may also affect our customers’ ability to obtain 
credit to finance their business under acceptable terms, which in turn may materially reduce our revenue growth and 
cause a decrease in our profitability. 

Contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  governments  and  their  agencies  pose  additional  risks 
relating to future funding and compliance.  

Contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  governments  and  their  agencies  are  subject  to  various 
uncertainties,  restrictions  and  regulations,  including  oversight  audits  by  various  government  authorities  and  profit 
and cost controls.  Government contracts also are exposed to uncertainties associated with funding.  Contracts with 
the U.S. federal government, for example, are subject to the uncertainties of Congressional funding.  Governments 
are typically under no obligation to maintain funding at any specific level, and funds for government programs may 
even be eliminated.  As a result, our government clients may terminate our contracts for convenience or decide not 
to renew our contracts with little or no prior notice.  The loss of such contracts could have a material adverse impact 
on our results of operations.  

16 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

In addition, since government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations and a variety of other 
socio-economic requirements,  we  must comply  with such requirements.   For example,  for contracts  with the  U.S. 
federal government, we must comply  with the Federal Acquisition Regulation, the Truth in Negotiations Act, and 
the Cost Accounting Standards.  We must also comply with various other government regulations and requirements 
as well as various statutes related to employment practices, environmental protection, recordkeeping and accounting.  
These regulations and requirements affect how we transact business with our clients and, in some instances, impose 
additional costs on our business operations.  Government contracts also contain terms that expose us to higher levels 
of risk and potential liability than non-government contracts.  

We also are subject to government audits, investigations, and proceedings.  For example, government agencies 
routinely  review  and  audit  government  contractors  to  determine  whether  allowable  costs  are  in  accordance  with 
applicable  government  regulations.    These  audits  can  result  in  adjustments  to  the  amount  of  contract  costs  we 
believe are reimbursable by the agencies and the amount of our overhead costs allocated to the agencies. 

If we violate these rules or regulations, fail to comply with a contractual or other requirement or do not satisfy 
an audit, a variety of penalties can be imposed by the  government including  monetary  damages and criminal and 
civil penalties.  In addition, any or all of our government contracts could be terminated, we could be suspended or 
debarred from all government contract work, or payment of our costs could be disallowed.  The occurrence of any of 
these actions could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

Our  future  results  could  be  materially  affected  by  a  number  of  public  health  issues  whether  occurring  in  the 
United States or abroad. 

Public health issues, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the 
operations of suppliers or customers, or have a broader adverse impact on consumer spending and confidence levels 
that  would  negatively  affect  our  suppliers  and  customers.    We  have  developed  contingency  plans  to  address 
infectious disease scenarios and the potential impact on our operations, and we will continue to update these plans as 
necessary.  However, there can be no assurance that these plans will be effective in eliminating the negative impact 
of any such diseases on the Company’s operating results.  We may be required to suspend operations in some or all 
of  our  locations,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Our Distribution Solutions segment is dependent upon sophisticated information systems.  The implementation 
delay,  malfunction,  or  failure  of  these  systems  for  any  extended  period  of  time  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact on our business. 

We rely on sophisticated information  systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and  manage 
data  to  (1)  facilitate  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  thousands  of  inventory  items  from  numerous  distribution 
centers, (2) receive, process and ship orders and handle other product and services on a timely basis, (3) manage the 
accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers, and (4) process payments to suppliers.  If these systems 
are interrupted, damaged by an unforeseen event or actions of a third party, or fail for any extended period of time, 
we could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance. 

In order to provide prompt and complete service to our major Distribution Solutions segment’s customers, we 
maintain  significant  product  inventory  at  certain  of  our  distribution  centers.    While  we  seek  to  maintain  property 
insurance coverage in amounts sufficient for our business, there can be no assurance that our property insurance will 
be adequate or available on acceptable terms.  One or more large casualty losses caused by fire, earthquake or other 
natural disaster in excess of our coverage limits could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

17 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our  business  exposes  us  to  risks  that  are  inherent  in  the  distribution,  manufacturing,  dispensing  of 
pharmaceuticals  and  medical-surgical  supplies,  the  provision  of  ancillary  services,  the  conduct  of  our  payer 
businesses  (which  include  disease  management  programs  and  our  nurse  triage  services)  and  the  provision  of 
products that assist clinical decision-making and relate to patient medical histories and treatment plans.  If customers 
assert  liability  claims  against  our  products  and/or  services,  any  ensuing  litigation,  regardless  of  outcome,  could 
result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations and decrease market acceptance of 
our products.  We attempt to limit our liability to customers by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth 
in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages.  Additionally, we 
may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by contract, such as a claim directly by a patient.  We also 
maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, 
may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us and may include larger self-
insured  retentions  or  exclusions  for  certain  products.    In  addition,  the  insurer  might  disclaim  coverage  as  to  any 
future claim.  A successful product or professional liability claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

The failure of our healthcare technology businesses to attract and retain customers due to challenges in software 
product  integration  or  to  keep  pace  with  technological  advances  may  significantly  reduce  our  results  of 
operations. 

Our healthcare technology businesses, the bulk of which resides in our Technology Solutions segment, deliver 
enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain,  strategic  management  software  solutions  and 
pharmacy  automation  to  hospitals,  physicians,  homecare  providers,  retail  and  mail  order  pharmacies  and  payers.  
Challenges integrating software products could impair our ability to attract and retain customers, and it could have a 
material  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  and  a  disproportionate  impact  on  the  results  of 
operations of our Technology Solutions segment. 

Future  advances  in  the  healthcare  information  systems  industry  could  lead  to  new  technologies,  products  or 
services  that  are  competitive  with  the  technology  products  and  services  offered  by  our  various  businesses.    Such 
technological advances could also lower  the cost of  such  products and services or otherwise result in competitive 
pricing pressure or render our products obsolete.   

The success of our technology businesses will depend, in part, on our ability to be responsive to technological 
developments, pricing pressures and changing business models.  To remain competitive in the evolving healthcare 
information systems marketplace, our technology businesses must also develop new products on a timely basis.  The 
failure to develop competitive products and to introduce new products on a timely basis could curtail the ability of 
our technology businesses to attract and retain customers, and thereby it could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations.   

Proprietary technology protections may not be adequate and products may be found to infringe the rights of third 
parties.   

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade  secret,  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  nondisclosure  and  other 
contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights in our products and solutions.  There 
can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop 
technologies that are equivalent or superior to our technology.  In addition, despite protective measures, we may be 
subject to unauthorized use of our technology due to copying, reverse-engineering or other infringement.  Although 
we believe that our products  do not infringe the proprietary rights of  third parties,  from time-to-time third parties 
have  asserted  infringement  claims  against  us  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  third  parties  will  not  assert 
infringement claims against us in the future.  If we were found to be infringing others’ rights, we may be required to 
pay  substantial  damage  awards  and  forced  to  develop  non-infringing  products  or  technology,  obtain  a  license  or 
cease selling the products that contain the infringing technology.  Additionally, we may find it necessary to initiate 
litigation  to  protect  our  trade  secrets,  to  enforce  our  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  rights  and  to  determine  the 
scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others.  These types of litigation can be costly and time consuming.  
These litigation expenses, damage payments or costs of developing replacement products or technology could have 
a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

18 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

System errors or failures of our products to conform to specifications could cause unforeseen liabilities or injury, 
harm our reputation and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  

The  software  and  software  systems  (“systems”)  that  we  sell  or  operate  are  very  complex.    As  with  complex 
systems  offered  by  others,  our  systems  may  contain  errors,  especially  when  first  introduced.    For  example,  our 
Technology  Solutions segment’s business  systems are intended to provide information for healthcare providers in 
providing patient care.  Therefore, users of our systems have a greater sensitivity to errors than the general market 
for software products.  If our software or systems lead to faulty clinical decisions or injury to patients, we could be 
subject  to  claims  or  litigation  by  our  clients,  clinicians  or  patients.    In  addition,  such  failures  could  damage  our 
reputation and could negatively affect future sales.  

Failure  of  a  client’s  system  to  perform  in  accordance  with  our  documentation  could  constitute  a  breach  of 
warranty  and  could  require  us  to  incur  additional  expense  in  order  to  make  the  system  comply  with  the 
documentation.    If  such  failure  is  not  remedied  in  a  timely  manner,  it  could  constitute  a  material  breach  under  a 
contract, allowing the client to cancel the contract, obtain refunds of amounts previously paid or assert claims for 
significant damages.  

Various  risks  could  interrupt  customers’  access  to  their  data  residing  in  our  service  center,  exposing  us  to 
significant costs. 

We  provide  remote  hosting  services  that  involve  operating  both  our  software  and  the  software  of  third-party 
vendors for our customers.  The ability to access the systems and the data that we host and support on demand is 
critical to our customers.  Our operations and facilities are vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number 
of  sources,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  including,  without  limitation  (1)  power  loss  and 
telecommunications failures, (2) fire, flood, hurricane and other natural disasters, (3) software and hardware errors, 
failures or crashes, and (4) computer viruses, hacking and similar disruptive problems.  We attempt to mitigate these 
risks through various means including disaster recovery plans, separate test systems and change control and system 
security  measures,  but  our  precautions  may  not  protect  against  all  problems.    If  customers’  access  is  interrupted 
because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be exposed to significant claims, particularly if the 
access interruption is associated with problems in the timely delivery of medical care.  We must maintain disaster 
recovery and business continuity plans that rely upon third-party providers of related services and if those vendors 
fail us at a time that our center is not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to 
fulfill our contractual service commitments.  Any significant instances of system downtime could negatively affect 
our reputation and ability to sell our remote hosting services. 

The length of our sales and implementation cycles for our Technology Solutions segment could have a material 
adverse impact on our future results of operations. 

Many of the solutions offered by our Technology Solutions segment have long sales and implementation cycles, 
which could range from a few months to two years or more from initial contact with the customer to completion of 
implementation.  How and when to implement, replace, or expand an information system, or modify or add business 
processes,  are  major  decisions  for  healthcare  organizations.    Many  of  the  solutions  we  provide  typically  require 
significant capital expenditures and time commitments by the customer.  Any decision by our customers to delay or 
cancel implementation could  have a  material adverse impact on our results of operations.  Furthermore, delays or 
failures  to  meet  milestones  established  in  our  agreements  may  result  in  a  breach  of  contract,  termination  of  the 
agreement,  damages  and/or  penalties  as  well  as  a  reduction  in  our  margins  or  a  delay  in  our  ability  to  recognize 
revenue.   

19 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

We  may  be  required  to  record  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  if  our  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  become 
impaired. 

We  are  required  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”)  to  test  our  goodwill  for 
impairment, annually or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist.  Indicators that are considered 
include significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of 
the assets,  significant  negative industry, or economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s  stock price 
and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time.  In addition, we periodically review our intangible assets 
for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  
Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets 
may not be recoverable include slower growth rates and the loss of a significant customer.  We may be required to 
record  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  during  the  period  in  which  any 
impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets is determined.  This could have a material adverse impact on our 
results of operations.  There are inherent uncertainties in management’s estimates, judgments and assumptions used 
in assessing recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets.  Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to 
meet  business  plans,  a  further  deterioration  in  the  market  or  other  unanticipated  events  and  circumstances,  may 
affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge. 

Our  foreign  operations  may subject  us  to  a  number  of  operating,  economic, political  and  regulatory  risks  that 
may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We have operations based in foreign countries, including Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European 
countries  and  Israel  and  we  have  a  large  investment  in  Mexico.    In  the  future,  we  look  to  continue  to  grow  our 
foreign  operations  both  organically  and  through  acquisitions  and  investments;  however,  increasing  our  foreign 
operations  carries  additional  risks.    Operations  outside  of  the  United  States  may  be  affected  by  changes  in  trade 
protection  laws,  policies,  measures  and  other  regulatory  requirements  affecting  trade  and  investment;  unexpected 
changes in regulatory requirements for software, social, political, labor or economic conditions in a specific country 
or region; import/export regulations in both the United States and foreign countries and difficulties in staffing and 
managing foreign operations.  Political changes and natural disasters, some of which may be disruptive, can interfere 
with  our  supply  chain,  our  customers  and  all  of  our  activities  in  a  particular  location.    Additionally,  foreign 
operations expose us to foreign currency fluctuations that could adversely impact our results of operations based on 
the movements of the applicable foreign currency exchange rates in relation to the U.S. dollar. 

Foreign  operations  are  also  subject  to  risks  of  violations  of  laws  prohibiting  improper  payments  and  bribery, 
including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar regulations in foreign jurisdictions.  Failure to comply 
with  these  laws  could  subject  us  to  civil  and  criminal  penalties  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

We also may experience difficulties and delays inherent in sourcing products and contract manufacturing from 
foreign  countries,  including  but  not  limited  to  (1)  difficulties  in  complying  with  the  requirements  of  applicable 
federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  in  the  United  States  and  of  foreign  regulatory  authorities,  (2) 
inability  to  increase  production  capacity  commensurate  with  demand  or  the  failure  to  predict  market  demand  (3) 
other  manufacturing  or  distribution  problems  including  changes  in  types  of  products  produced,  limits  to 
manufacturing capacity due to regulatory requirements or physical limitations that could impact continuous supply, 
and (4) damage to our reputation due to real or perceived quality issues.  Manufacturing difficulties could result in 
production  shutdowns,  product  shortages  and  other  similar  delays  in  product  manufacturing  that  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

20 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could have a material adverse impact on our results 
of operations. 

We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions.  As 
such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of 
many  international  jurisdictions.    From  time-to-time,  various  legislative  initiatives  may  be  proposed  that  could 
adversely  affect  our  tax  positions.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  effective  tax  rate  will  not  be  adversely 
affected by these initiatives.  In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international, tax laws and 
regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations.   Although  we believe that our historical 
tax  positions  are  sound  and  consistent  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and  existing  precedent,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that these tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in 
any such challenge. 

Our business could be hindered if we are unable to complete and integrate acquisitions successfully. 

An element of our strategy is to identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions that either expand or complement 
our  business.    Since  2008,  we  have  completed  approximately  $3  billion  of  business  acquisitions.    Integration  of 
acquisitions  involves  a  number  of  significant  risks,  including  the  diversion  of  management’s  attention  to  the 
assimilation  of  the  operations  of  businesses  we  have  acquired;  difficulties  in  the  integration  of  operations  and 
systems;  the  realization  of  potential  operating  synergies;  the  assimilation  and  retention  of  the  personnel  of  the 
acquired  companies;  accounting,  regulatory  or  compliance  issues  that  could  arise,  including  internal  control  over 
financial reporting; challenges in retaining the customers, including physician affiliates, of the combined businesses.  
Further,  acquisitions  may  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operating  results  if  unanticipated  expenses  or 
charges to earnings were to occur, including unanticipated depreciation and amortization expenses over the useful 
lives  of  certain  assets  acquired,  as  well  as  costs  related  to  potential  impairment  charges,  assumed  litigation  and 
unknown liabilities.  In addition, we may potentially require additional financing in order to fund future acquisitions, 
which may or may not be attainable and is subject to potential volatility in the credit markets.  If we are unable to 
successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, our business and our growth strategies 
could be negatively affected. 

Volatility and disruption to the global capital and credit markets may adversely affect our ability to access credit, 
our cost of credit and the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers. 

Volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets, including the bankruptcy or restructuring of 
certain  financial  institutions,  reduced  lending  activity  by  other  financial  institutions,  decreased  liquidity  and 
increased costs in the commercial paper market and the reduced market for securitizations, may adversely affect the 
availability and cost of credit already arranged and the availability, terms and cost of credit in the future, including 
any arrangements to renew or replace our current credit or financing arrangements.   Although we believe that our 
operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, including our existing credit and 
sales  facilities,  will  give  us  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair 
our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. 

Our $1.35 billion accounts receivable sales facility is generally renewed annually and will expire in May 2011.  
Although  we  did  not  use  this  facility  in  2010  or  2011,  we  have  historically  used  it  to  fund  working  capital 
requirements, as needed.  We anticipate renewing this facility before its expiration.  Although we believe we will be 
able to renew this facility, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. 

21 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our business could also be negatively impacted if our customers or suppliers experience disruptions resulting 
from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy.  As a result, customers may modify, 
delay  or  cancel  plans  to  purchase  or  implement  our  products  or  services  and  suppliers  may  increase  their  prices, 
reduce their output or change their terms of sale.  Additionally, if customers’ or suppliers’ operating and financial 
performance deteriorates or if they are unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, customers may not be 
able  to  pay,  or  may  delay  payment  of  accounts  receivable  owed  to  us  and  suppliers  may  restrict  credit,  impose 
different payment terms or be unable to  make payments due to  us  for fees, returned products or incentives.   Any 
inability of customers to pay  us for our products and  services or any demands by  suppliers  for different payment 
terms may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flow. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  or  other 
standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements.   

Our  financial  statements  are  subject  to  the  application  of  U.S.  GAAP,  which  is  periodically  revised  and/or 
expanded.  Accordingly, from time-to-time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by 
recognized authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC.  It is possible that future accounting standards we 
are  required  to  adopt  could  change  the  current  accounting  treatment  that  we  apply  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  that  such  changes  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition. 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Because of the nature of our principal businesses, our plant, warehousing, office and other facilities are operated 
in  widely  dispersed  locations,  mostly  throughout  the  U.S.  and  Canada.    The  warehouses  are  typically  owned  or 
leased on a long-term basis.  We consider our operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to 
meet  our  needs  for  the  next  several  years  without  making  capital  expenditures  materially  higher  than  historical 
levels.  Information as to material lease commitments is included in Financial Note 15, “Lease Obligations,” to the 
consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Certain legal proceedings in which we are involved are discussed in Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments 
and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 4. 

Reserved 

Not applicable. 

22 

Executive Officers of the Registrant  

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  including  their 
principal occupations during the past five years.  The number of years of service with the Company includes service 
with predecessor companies. 

There  are  no  family  relationships  between  any  of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  Company.    The 
executive officers are elected on an annual basis generally and their term expires at the first meeting of the Board of 
Directors  (“Board”)  following  the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  or  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  have 
qualified, or until death, resignation or removal, whichever is sooner. 

Name 

Age 

Position with Registrant and Business Experience 

John H. Hammergren............  52  Chairman of the Board since July 2002; President and Chief Executive Officer 
since April 2001; and a director since July 1999.  Service with the Company – 
15 years. 

Jeffrey C. Campbell ..............  50  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2004; Senior 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from December 2003 to April 2004.  
Service with the Company – 7 years. 

Patrick J. Blake .....................  47  Executive  Vice  President  and  Group  President  since  June  2009;  President  of 
McKesson Specialty Care Solutions from April 2006 to June 2009; President of 
Customer Operations for McKesson U.S. Pharmaceutical from October 2000 to 
April 2006.  Service with the Company – 15 years. 

Jorge L. Figueredo ................  50  Executive  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  since  May  2008;  Senior  Vice 
President, Human Resources, Dow Jones, Inc. from February 2007 to January 
2008;  President,  International,  Liz  Claiborne  Inc.  from  October  1984  to  May 
2006.  Service with the Company – 3 years. 

Paul C. Julian ........................  55  Executive  Vice  President  and  Group  President  since  April  2004;  Senior  Vice 
President  from  August  1999  to  April  2004.    Service  with  the  Company  –  15 
years. 

Marc E. Owen .......................  51  Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Development since 
April  2004;  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Strategy  and  Business 
Development from September 2001 to April 2004.  Service with the Company 
– 10 years. 

Laureen E. Seeger .................  49  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Chief  Compliance  Officer 
since  April  2010  (functionally  has  served  as  chief  compliance  officer  since 
March 2006); Executive Vice President and General Counsel from July 2009 to 
April  2010;  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  from 
March  2006  to  July  2009;  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  of  McKesson 
Provider Technologies  from  February  2000  to  March  2006.    Service  with  the 
Company – 11 years. 

Randall N. Spratt .................. 

59  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Technology  Officer  and  Chief  Information 
Officer since April 2009; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer 
from  July  2005  to  April  2009;  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Process  Officer, 
McKesson Provider Technologies from  April 2003 to July 2005.  Service with 
the Company – 25 years. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities 

(a)  Market Information:  The principal market on which the Company’s common stock is traded is the New York 

Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). 

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on NYSE for 

each quarterly period of the two most recently completed fiscal years: 

First quarter .......................................................................
Second quarter ...................................................................
Third quarter ......................................................................
Fourth quarter ....................................................................

2011 

2010 

High 
$71.49 
$69.48 
$71.09 
$81.00 

Low 
$62.94 
$57.81 
$59.54 
$70.44 

High 
$45.27 
$59.95 
$64.98 
$66.98 

Low 
$33.13 
$42.61 
$55.82 
$57.23 

(b)  Holders:  The number of record holders of the Company’s common stock at March 31, 2011 was approximately 

8,150. 

(c)  Dividends:    In  May  2010,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  approved  a  change  in  the 
Company’s dividend policy by increasing the amount of the Company’s quarterly dividend from $0.12 to $0.18 
per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations.  We declared regular cash dividends of $0.72 
per share (or $0.18 per share per quarter) in the year ended March 31, 2011 and $0.48 per share (or $0.12 per 
share  per  quarter)  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010.    In  April  2011,  the  Board  approved  an  increase  in  the 
quarterly dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations. 

The  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  pay  quarterly  cash  dividends  in  the  future.    However,  the 
payment and amount of  future dividends remain  within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the 
Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

(d)  Securities  Authorized  for  Issuance  under  Equity  Compensation  Plans:    Information  relating  to  this  item  is 

provided under Part III, Item 12, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(e)  Share Repurchase Plans:  The following table provides information on the Company’s share repurchases during 

the fourth quarter of 2011: 

(In millions, except price per share) 
January 1, 2011 – January 31, 2011 
February 1, 2011 – February 28, 2011 
March 1, 2011 – March 31, 2011 

Total 

Share Repurchases 

(1) 

Total  
Number of Shares  
Purchased  

Average Price Paid 
per Share 

  $ 

— 
— 
6 
6 

— 
— 
79.34 
79.34 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Programs 

— 
— 
6 
6 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the 
Programs 
1,000 
1,000 
500 
500 

  $ 

(1)  This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee 

stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax-withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards. 

24 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

In October 2010, the Board approved a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock of 
which  $500 million  remained  available  for  future  repurchases  as  of  March  31,  2011.    In  March  2011,  we  entered 
into  an  accelerated  share  repurchase  (“ASR”)  program  with  a  third  party  financial  institution  to  repurchase  $275 
million of the Company’s common stock. The program was funded with cash on hand.  As of March 31, 2011, we 
had  received  3.1  million  shares  representing  the  minimum  number  of  shares  due  under  the  program.    The  ASR 
program was completed on May 2, 2011 and we received 0.4 million additional shares on May 5, 2011.  The total 
number  of  shares  repurchased  under  the  ASR  program  was  3.5  million  shares  at  an  average  price  per  share  of 
$79.65.  In addition, we repurchased 2.8 million shares for $225 million during the fourth quarter of 2011 through 
regular open market transactions at an average price per share of $79.00.  In April 2011, the Board authorized the 
repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock.  

Stock  repurchases  may  be  made  from  time-to-time  in  open  market  transactions,  privately  negotiated 
transactions, through accelerated share repurchase programs, or by any combination of such methods.  The timing of 
any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including our stock 
price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic 
conditions. 

25 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

(f)  Stock  Price  Performance  Graph*:   The  following  graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on 
the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated with the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Value 
Line Healthcare Sector Index (composed of 162 companies in the health care industry, including the Company). 

McKesson Corporation

S&P 500 Index

Value Line Healthcare Sector Index

$180.00 

$160.00 

$140.00 

$120.00 

$100.00 

$80.00 

$60.00 

$40.00 

$20.00 

$0.00 

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

McKesson 

Corporation 
S&P 500 Index 
Value Line 

Healthcare 
Sector Index 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

March 31, 

$ 
$ 

100.00 
100.00 

$ 
$ 

112.83 
111.83 

$ 
$ 

101.33 
106.15 

$ 
$ 

68.52 
65.72 

$ 
$ 

129.66 
98.43 

$ 
$ 

157.65 
113.83 

$ 

100.00 

$ 

105.72 

$ 

100.47 

$ 

76.75 

$ 

106.21 

$ 

126.05 

∗  Assumes  $100  invested  in  McKesson’s  common  stock  and  in  each  index  on  March  31,  2006  and  that  all  dividends  are 

reinvested. 

26 

 
 
 
 
Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FIVE-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS 

(In millions, except per share data and ratios) 
Operating Results 
Revenues 

Percent change 

Gross profit  
Income from continuing operations before 

income taxes 

Income after income taxes 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Net income 

Financial Position 
Working capital 
Days sales outstanding for:
Customer receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 

 (1) 

Total assets 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 
Stockholders’ equity 
Property acquisitions 
Acquisitions of businesses, net 

Common Share Information 
Common shares outstanding at year-end 
Shares on which earnings per common share 

were based 
Diluted  
Basic 

Diluted earnings per common share

 (2) 

$ 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

Cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared per common share 
Book value per common share 
Market value per common share – year end 

(2) (3) 

As of and for the Years Ended March 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$  112,084 

  $  108,702 

  $  106,632 

  $  101,703 

  $  92,977 

3.1%   

5,970 

1.9%   

5,676 

4.8%   

5,378 

9.4%   

5,009 

6.9% 

4,332 

1,635 

1,130 
72 
1,202 

1,864 

1,263 
— 
1,263 

1,064 

1,457 

1,297 

823 
— 
823 

989 
1 
990 

968 
(55) 
913 

3,631 

4,492 

3,065 

2,438 

2,730 

25 
31 
47 
30,886 
4,004 
7,220 
233 
292 

252 

263 
258 

4.29 
0.28 
4.57 
188 
0.72 
28.65 
79.05 

  $ 

25 
34 
48 
28,189 
2,297 
7,532 
199 
18 

271 

273 
269 

4.62 
— 
4.62 
131 
0.48 
27.79 
65.72 

  $ 

24 
31 
43 
25,267 
2,512 
6,193 
195 
358 

271 

279 
275 

2.95 
— 
2.95 
134 
0.48 
22.87 
35.04 

22 
33 
44 
24,603 
1,797 
6,121 
195 
610 

277 

298 
291 

  $ 

3.32 

  $ 

  — 

3.32 
70 
0.24 
22.10 
52.37 

7,918 
22.7% 
6.6% 

6,344 
15.6% 

21 
32 
43 
23,943 
1,958 
6,273 
126 
1,938 

295 

305 
298 

3.17 
(0.18) 
2.99 
72 
0.24 
21.26 
58.54 

8,231 
23.8% 
0.1% 

6,022 
15.2% 

Supplemental Data 
(4) 
Capital employed 
Debt to capital ratio 
Net debt to net capital employed 
(7) 
Average stockholders’ equity 
(8) 
Return on stockholders’ equity 

(5) 

(6) 

11,224 

35.7%   
5.1%   

7,105 
16.9%   

9,829 
23.4%   
(23.5)%  
6,768 
18.7%   

8,705 

28.9%   
6.1%   

6,214 
13.2%   

Footnotes to Five-Year Highlights:  
(1)  Based on year-end balances and sales or cost of sales for the last 90 days of the year.   
(2)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 
(3)  Represents stockholders’ equity divided by year-end common shares outstanding. 
(4)  Consists of total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(5)  Ratio is computed as total debt divided by capital employed. 
(6)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity 

(“net capital employed”). 

(7)  Represents a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 
(8)  Ratio is computed as net income divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

GENERAL 

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  referred  to  as  the 
Financial  Review,  is  intended  to  assist  the  reader  in  the  understanding  and  assessment  of  significant  changes  and 
trends related to the results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries.  This 
discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying 
financial notes in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 
1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in this document to a particular year shall mean the 
Company’s fiscal year. 

Certain  statements  in  this  report  constitute  forward-looking  statements.    See  Item  1  –  Business  –  Forward-
Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional factors relating to these statements; 
also  see  Item  1A  –  Risk  Factors  in  Part  I  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  a  list  of  certain  risk  factors 
applicable to our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  two  operating  segments:  Distribution  Solutions  and  Technology  Solutions.  
See Financial Note 20, “Segments of Business,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for a description of these segments. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Overview: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Revenues 
Gross Profit 
Operating Expenses 
Other Income, Net 
Interest Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

(1) 

Taxes  

Income Tax Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations 

Discontinued Operation – gain on sale, net of tax 

Net Income  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share 

Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operation 

Total 

Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2011 
112,084 
5,970 
(4,149) 
36 
(222) 

1,635 
(505) 
1,130 
72 
1,202 

4.29 
0.28 
4.57 

263 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
108,702 
5,676 
(3,668) 
43 
(187) 

  $ 

1,864 
(601) 
1,263 
— 
1,263 

4.62 
— 
4.62 

273 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 
106,632 
5,378 
(4,182) 
12 
(144) 

1,064 
(241) 
823 
— 
823 

2.95 
— 
2.95 

279 

(1) 

 Includes pre-tax litigation charges (credit) of $213 million, $(20) million and $493 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

Revenues increased 3% to $112.1 billion in 2011 and 2% to $108.7 billion in 2010.  The increase in revenues 
primarily reflects market growth in our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of 
our consolidated revenues.  Additionally, revenues  for 2011 benefited from our December 30, 2010 acquisition of 
US Oncology Holdings, Inc. (“US Oncology”) of The Woodlands, Texas and revenues for 2010 benefited to a lesser 
extent from an increase in demand related to the flu season.  Partially offsetting the 2010 increases, revenues for that 
year were affected by the loss of several customers in late 2009. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Gross profit increased 5% to $6.0 billion in 2011 and 6% to $5.7 billion in 2010.  As a percentage of revenues, 
gross profit increased 11 basis points (“bp”) to 5.33% and 18 bp to 5.22% in 2011 and 2010.  The increase in our 
2011  gross  profit  margin  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  buy  margin  and  increased  sales  of  higher  margin 
generic  drugs  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.    These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  our 
Technology Solutions segment margin which included a $72 million asset impairment charge.  The increase in our 
2010 gross profit margin was primarily due to an improved mix of higher margin revenues in both our Distribution 
Solutions and Technology Solutions segments.  

Operating expenses were $4.1 billion, $3.7 billion and $4.2 billion in 2011, 2010 and 2009.  Operating expenses 
include  pre-tax  charges  (credit)  of  $213  million,  $(20)  million  and  $493  million  relating  to  our  securities  and 
Average  Wholesale  Price  (“AWP”)  litigation  matters.   Excluding  these  charges  (credit),  operating  expenses 
increased in 2011 primarily reflecting higher employee compensation costs including expenses associated with our 
Profit Sharing Investment Plan (“PSIP”) as well as due to our acquisition of US Oncology.  Excluding these charges 
(credit), operating expenses in 2010 approximated the same period a year ago primarily due to lower PSIP expenses 
and the sale of two businesses during the first and third quarters of 2009.  These decreases were partially offset by 
an increase in expenses associated  with employee compensation and benefit costs, our 2009 business acquisitions 
and other business initiatives.  Our litigation charges (credit) and PSIP expense are more fully described under the 
caption “Operating Expenses” in this Financial Review. 

Other  income,  net  was  $36  million,  $43  million  and  $12  million  in  2011,  2010  and  2009.    In  2009,  other 
income,  net  included  a  pre-tax  impairment  charge  of  $63 million  ($60 million  after-tax)  on  two  equity-held 
investments and a pre-tax gain of $24 million ($14 million after tax) from the sale of an equity-held investment. 

Interest  expense  increased  19%  to  $222 million  in  2011  and  30%  to  $187 million  in  2010.    Interest  expense 
increased in 2011 primarily due to bridge loan fees incurred for our acquisition of US Oncology and interest expense 
associated with the assumed debt and the subsequent refinancing of the debt.  These increases were partially offset 
by the repayment of $215 million of long-term debt in March 2010.  Interest expense increased in 2010 primarily 
due to our issuance of $700 million of long-term debt in February 2009. 

Our reported income tax rates  were 30.9%, 32.2% and 22.7%  in 2011, 2010 and  2009.  In 2011, income tax 
expense included $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items which primarily relates to the recognition 
of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  accrued  interest.    In  2009,  current  income  tax  expense  included 
$111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items of which $87 million represents a non-cash benefit.  These 
benefits primarily relate to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest. 

Net income was $1,202 million, $1,263 million and $823 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, and diluted earnings 
per common share were $4.57, $4.62, and $2.95.  Diluted earnings per common share  were favorably affected by 
decreases in our weighted average shares outstanding due to the cumulative effect of share repurchases over the past 
three years.  Net income for 2011 includes a $72 million after-tax gain (or $0.28 per diluted share) on the sale of our 
Technology  Solutions  segment’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  McKesson  Asia  Pacific  Pty  Limited  (“MAP”),  which 
was sold in July 2010.  Historical financial results for this subsidiary were not material.   

29 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Revenues: 

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 

Direct distribution & services 
Sales to customers’ warehouses 

Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services  
Software & software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 

Total Revenues 

2011 

77,554 
18,631 
96,185 
9,784 
2,920 
108,889 

2,483 
590 
122 
3,195 
112,084 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

  $ 

  $ 

72,210 
21,435 
93,645 
9,072 
2,861 
105,578 

2,439 
571 
114 
3,124 
108,702 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

66,876 
25,809 
92,685 
8,225 
2,658 
103,568 

2,337 
572 
155 
3,064 
106,632 

Revenues increased 3% to $112.1 billion in 2011 and 2% to $108.7 billion in 2010.  The increase in revenues 
primarily reflects market growth in our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of 
our consolidated revenues. 

Direct distribution and services revenues increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to market growth, 
which  includes  price  increases  and  increased  volume  from  new  and  existing  customers,  the  effect  of  a  shift  from 
sales to customers’ warehouses to direct store delivery, the lapsing of which was completed in the third quarter of 
2011,  and  due  to  our  acquisition  of  US  Oncology.    These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  demand 
associated  with  the  flu  season  and  price  deflation  associated  with  brand  to  generic  drug  conversions.    Direct 
distribution  and  services  revenues  increased  in  2010  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  a  shift  of  revenues  from 
sales to customers’ warehouses to direct store delivery and market growth, partially offset by greater sales of lower 
priced generic drugs and the loss of several customers in late 2009.  Revenues for 2010 benefited to a lesser extent 
from an increase in demand associated with the flu season. 

Sales  to  customers’  warehouses  for  2011  decreased  compared  to  2010  primarily  reflecting  reduced  revenues 
associated with existing customers, the effect of a shift of revenues to direct store delivery, the lapsing of which was 
completed  in  the  third  quarter  of  2011,  and  the  impact  of  brand  to  generic  conversions.    Sales  to  customers’ 
warehouses  for  2010  decreased  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  a  shift  of  revenues  to  direct  store  delivery, 
reduced revenues associated with a large customer and the loss of a large customer in mid-2009, partially offset by 
expanded business with existing customers. 

Sales  to  retail  customers’  warehouses  represent  large  volume  sales  of  pharmaceuticals  primarily  to  a  limited 
number  of  large  self-warehousing  retail  chain  customers  whereby  we  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer, 
receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and subsequently deliver the bulk product 
(generally  in  the  same  form  as  received  from  the  manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers’  warehouses.    This 
distribution method is typically not marketed or sold by the Company as a stand-alone service; rather, it is offered as 
an  additional  distribution  method  for  our  large  retail  chain  customers  that  have  an  internal  self-warehousing 
distribution network.  Sales to customers’ warehouses provide a benefit to these customers because they can utilize 
the Company as one source for both their direct-to-store business and their warehouse business.  We generally have 
significantly lower gross profit margins on sales to customers’ warehouses as we pass much of the efficiency of this 
low cost-to-serve model on to the customer.  These sales do, however, contribute to our gross profit dollars. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The customer mix of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution revenues was as follows: 

Direct Sales 

Independents 
Institutions 
Retail Chains  
Subtotal 

Sales to retail customers’ warehouses 

Total 

Years Ended March 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

12% 
34 
33 
79 
21 
100% 

12% 
32 
32 
76 
24 
100% 

13% 
32 
26 
71 
29 
100% 

As previously described, a limited number of our large retail chain customers purchase products through both 
our direct and  warehouse distribution  methods, the latter of  which  generally  has a  significantly lower gross profit 
margin due to the low cost-to-serve model.  When evaluating and pricing customer contracts, we do so based on our 
assessment  of  total  customer  profitability.    As  a  result,  we  do  not  evaluate  our  performance  or  allocate  resources 
based on sales to customers’ warehouses or gross profit associated with such sales. 

Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services revenues for 2011 increased compared to 2010 primarily due 
to a change in the foreign currency exchange rate of 7%.  On a constant currency basis, revenues increased 1% in 
2011.  Canadian revenues for 2011 increased due to market growth, offset by a government-imposed price reduction 
for  generic  pharmaceuticals  in  certain  provinces  and  brand  to  generic  conversions.    Canadian  pharmaceutical 
distribution  and  services  revenues  for  2010  increased  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  market  growth  and  a 
favorable change in the foreign currency exchange rate of 3%.  On a constant currency basis, revenues increased by 
7% in 2010. 

Medical-Surgical  distribution  and  services  revenues  increased  in  2011  compared  to  2010  primarily  due  to 
market  growth,  partially  offset  by  the  decrease  in  demand  associated  with  the  flu  season.    Medical-Surgical 
distribution and services revenues increased in 2010 compared to 2009 reflecting an increase in demand related to 
the flu season, acquisitions and increased volume from new and existing customers. 

Technology  Solutions  revenues  increased  slightly  in  2011  compared  to  2010  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in 
maintenance revenues from new and existing customers, increased revenues associated with the sale and installation 
of our software products and growth in our outsourcing services, partially offset by the sale of MAP in July 2010.  
Technology  Solutions  revenues  increased  in  2010  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  higher  services  revenues 
associated  with  increases  in  outsourcing  revenues  for  claims  processing  and  other  services  and  software 
maintenance reflecting the segment’s expanded customer base.  These increases  were partially offset by a shift to 
products that have higher software revenue deferral rates and lower hardware sales. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Gross Profit  

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

(1) 
(2) 

Total 

Gross Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

$ 

$ 

4,565 
1,405 
5,970 

  $ 

  $ 

4,219 
1,457 
5,676 

  $ 

  $ 

4.19% 

43.97 
5.33 

4.00% 

46.64 
5.22 

2009 

3,955 
1,423 
5,378 

3.82% 

46.44 
5.04 

(1)  Gross  profit  of  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  for  2011  includes  a  credit  of  $51  million  representing  our  share  of  a 
settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit brought against a drug manufacturer, which was recorded as a reduction to cost 
of sales. 

(2)  Gross profit of our Technology Solutions segment for 2011 includes a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized 

software held for sale. 

Gross profit increased 5% to $6.0 billion in 2011 and 6% to $5.7 billion in 2010.  As a percentage of revenues, 
gross  profit  increased  by  11  bp  in  2011  and  18  bp  in  2010.    Gross  profit  margin  increased  in  2011  primarily 
reflecting higher gross profit margin from our Distribution Solutions segment and increased in 2010 primarily due to 
an improved mix of higher margin revenues in both of our operating segments. 

In  2011,  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  increased  compared  to  2010  primarily 
reflecting  higher  buy  margin,  increased  sales  of  higher  margin  generic  drugs  and  due  to  our  acquisition  of  US 
Oncology, partially offset by a decline in demand associated with the flu season and a decrease in sell margin.  Buy 
margin  primarily  reflects  volume  and  timing  of  compensation  from  branded  pharmaceutical  manufacturers.    Our 
Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  2011  gross  profit  margin  was  also  favorably  affected  by  a  credit  of  $51  million 
representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit. 

In 2010, our Distribution Solutions segment’s gross profit margin increased compared to 2009 primarily due to 
an  improved  mix  of  higher  margin  revenues  stemming  from  increased  flu-related  demand  across  our  distribution 
businesses.  Gross profit margin was also favorably affected by a higher buy margin and increased sales of higher 
margin generic drugs.  These benefits were partially offset by a decline in sell margin. 

Our last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) net inventory expense was $3 million in 2011 and $8 million for 2010 and 2009.  
Our Distribution Solutions segment uses the LIFO method of accounting for the majority of its inventories, which 
results  in  cost  of  sales  that  more  closely  reflects  replacement  cost  than  under  other  accounting  methods.    The 
practice  in the Distribution Solutions segment’s distribution businesses is to pass on to  customers published price 
changes  from  suppliers.    Manufacturers  generally  provide  us  with  price  protection,  which  limits  price-related 
inventory losses.  Price declines on many generic pharmaceutical products in this segment over the last few years 
have moderated the effects of inflation in other product categories, which resulted in minimal overall price changes 
in  those  years.    Additional  information  regarding  our  LIFO  accounting  is  included  under  the  caption  “Critical 
Accounting Policies and Estimates,” included in this Financial Review. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In 2011, our Technology Solutions segment’s gross profit margin decreased compared to 2010 primarily due to 
a  $72  million  asset  impairment  charge,  the  sale  of  MAP  and  continued  investment  in  our  clinical  and  enterprise 
revenue management solutions products.  These decreases were partially offset by a shift to higher margin revenue.  
In  2010, our Technology  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  increased  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  a 
favorable change in revenue mix, partially offset by a higher software revenue deferral rate. 

Our capitalized software held for sale is amortized over three years.  At each balance sheet date, or earlier if an 
indicator of an impairment exists, we evaluate the recoverability of unamortized capitalized software costs based on 
estimated future undiscounted revenues, net of estimated related costs over the remaining amortization period.  In 
October 2010, we decreased our estimated revenues over the next 24 months for our Horizon Enterprise Revenue 
ManagementTM
 (“HzERM”) software product and as a result, concluded that the estimated future revenues, net of 
estimated related costs, were insufficient to recover its carrying value.  Accordingly, we recorded a $72 million non-
cash impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011 within our Technology Solutions segment’s cost of sales to 
reduce the carrying value of the software product to its net realizable value. 

Operating Expenses:   

(Dollars in millions) 
Operating Expenses 

 (1) 

Distribution Solutions
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Subtotal 

Litigation (credit), net 

Total 

Operating Expenses as a Percentage of Revenues 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,673 
1,108 
368 
4,149 
— 
4,149 

2.45% 

34.68 
3.70 

  $ 

  $ 

2,260 
1,077 
351 
3,688 
(20) 
3,668 

2.14% 

34.48 
3.37 

2,777 
1,096 
309 
4,182 
— 
4,182 

2.68% 

35.77 
3.92 

(1)  Operating expenses for 2011 and 2009 include $213 million and $493 million of AWP litigation charges. 

Operating  expenses  increased  13%  to  $4.1 billion  in  2011  and  decreased  12%  to  $3.7 billion  in  2010.  
Excluding  the  2011,  2010  and  2009  litigation  charges  (credit)  of  $213  million,  $(20)  million  and  $493  million, 
operating  expenses  increased  7%  in  2011  and  remained  flat  in  2010.    Excluding  the  litigation  charges  (credit), 
operating  expenses  for  2011  increased  compared  to  2010  primarily  due  to  higher  costs  associated  with  employee 
compensation  and  benefits  including  the  McKesson  Corporation  Profit  Sharing  Investment  Plan  (“PSIP”)  and  the 
addition of US Oncology. 

Excluding the litigation charges (credit), operating expenses for 2010 approximated 2009 primarily due to lower 
PSIP expense, cost containment efforts and the sale of two businesses during 2009.  These decreases were partially 
offset  by  an  increase  in  expenses  associated  with  employee  compensation  and  benefit  costs,  our  2009  business 
acquisitions and other business initiatives.  

The McKesson Corporation PSIP was a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation 
Action.  On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement funds.  On October 
9, 2009, the PSIP received approximately $119 million of the Consolidated Securities  Litigation  Action proceeds.  
Approximately  $42 million  of  the  proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  allocated  shares  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP participants during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and were 
allocated to the respective participants on that basis in the third quarter of 2010.  Approximately $77 million of the 
proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  unallocated  shares  (the  “Unallocated  Proceeds”)  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP in an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) suspense account.  In accordance with the plan 
terms, the PSIP distributed all of the Unallocated Proceeds to current PSIP participants after the close of the plan 
year in April 2010.  The receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP was reimbursement for the loss in value of 
the Company’s common  stock held by the PSIP in its ESOP suspense account during the Consolidated  Securities 
Litigation  Action  class-holding  period  and  was  not  a  contribution  made  by  the  Company  to  the  PSIP  or  ESOP.  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Accordingly, there were no accounting consequences to the Company’s financial statements relating to the receipt of 
the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP. 

As a result of the PSIP’s receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds, in 2010 the Company contributed $1 million to 
the PSIP.  Accordingly, PSIP expense for 2010 was nominal.  In 2011, the Company resumed its contributions to the 
PSIP. 

PSIP expense by segment for the last three years was as follows:  

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions
Corporate 

PSIP expense 

(1) 

Cost of sales 
Operating expenses 
PSIP expense 

2011 

23 
32 
4 
59 

17 
42 
59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
— 
1 
— 
1 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
1 
1 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

23 
28 
2 
53 

12 
41 
53 

(1)  Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our McKesson Technology Solutions segment. 

On  a  segment  basis,  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  operating  expenses  increased  in  2011  and decreased  in 
2010 primarily due to the AWP litigation charges of $213 million and $493 million in 2011 and 2009.  Excluding 
the  AWP  charge,  operating  expenses  and  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  increased  in  2011 
compared to 2010 primarily due to higher costs associated with employee compensation and benefits including PSIP 
expenses  and  the  addition  of  US  Oncology.    Operating  expenses  in  2011  also  increased  as  a  result  of  changes  in 
foreign currency exchange rates. 

Excluding the AWP charge,  Distribution Solutions segment’s operating expenses and operating expenses as a 
percentage of revenues decreased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to the sale of two businesses during 2009, 
lower PSIP expense in 2010 and our continued focus on cost containment.  These decreases were partially offset by 
increased expenses associated with our 2009 business acquisitions.  

As  previously  reported,  in  2009  we  reached  an  agreement  to  settle  all  private  party  claims  relating  to  First 
DataBank, Inc.’s published drug reimbursement benchmarks for $350 million.  We also recorded an accrual of $143 
million for pending and expected AWP claims by public payers.  The combination of the settlement  for all  AWP 
private  party  claims  and  the  decision  by  us  to  establish  an  estimated  accrual  for  the  pending  and  expected  AWP 
claims by public payers resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of $493 million in the third quarter of 2009.  In the 
second quarter of 2011, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $24 million for the settlement with the State of Connecticut 
relating to AWP claims.  The settlement included an express denial of liability and a release by Connecticut of the 
Company as to all matters alleged or which could have been alleged in the action. A cash payment of $26 million 
was made in the third quarter of 2011 for this settlement.  During the third quarter of 2011, following  a review of 
the reserve for estimated probable losses from current and possible future public entity AWP claims, which review 
included consideration of the pace and progress of settlement discussions during and after the third quarter relating 
to  state  and  federal  Medicaid  claims,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  charge  of  $189  million.    All  AWP  litigation  charges 
were  included  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  operating  expenses.    As  of  March  31,  2011,  the  reserve 
relating  to  AWP  public  entity  claims  was  $330  million  and  was  included  in  other  current  liabilities  in  our 
consolidated  balance  sheet.    Refer  to  Financial  Note  17,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the 
consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information. 

34 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

As a result of our acquisition of US Oncology, we incurred a net $52 million of acquisition-related expenses as 

follows: 

(In millions) 
Operating expenses: 

Transaction closing expenses 
Severance and relocation 
Other integration expenses 

Total operating expenses 

$ 

Other income: reimbursement of post-acquisition interest 

expense from former shareholders 

Interest expense: bridge loan fees 

Total acquisition-related expenses 

$ 

Distribution 
Solutions 

Corporate & 
Interest  
Expense 

22 
9 
10 
41 

— 
— 
41 

 $ 

  $ 

— 
— 
2 
2 

(16) 
25 
11 

  $ 

  $ 

Total 

22 
9 
12 
43 

(16) 
25 
52 

We  anticipate  incurring  additional  acquisition-related  expenses  in  2012  as  we  continue  to  integrate  US 

Oncology. 

Technology  Solutions  segment’s  operating  expenses  and  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues 
increased  in  2011  and  decreased  in  2010.    The  growth  in  2011  reflects  our  increased  investment  in  research  and 
development activities and higher employee compensation and benefit costs, which includes PSIP expense, partially 
offset by the sale of MAP in the second quarter of 2011.  Operating expenses and operating expenses as a percentage 
of revenues for 2010 benefited from lower PSIP expense, cost containment efforts and reduction in workforce plans 
implemented in 2009, partially offset by our continued investment in research and development activities. 

Corporate  expenses  for  2011  increased  compared  to  2010  primarily  due  to  higher  compensation  and  benefits 
costs and an asset impairment charge for certain tangible property, partially offset by lower fees associated with our 
accounts  receivable  facility.    As  a  result  of  our  adoption  of  a  new  accounting  standard  for  transfers  of  financial 
assets  on  April  1,  2010,  fees  associated  with  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  are  now  recorded  in  interest 
expense.    Prior  to  2011,  these  fees  were  recorded  in  Corporate  administrative  expenses.    Corporate  expenses  for 
2010 increased compared to 2009 primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs, other business initiatives 
and legal settlement charges. 

In 2010, we recorded net credits of $20 million relating to settlements for the securities litigation, which were 

recorded in Corporate expenses. 

Other Income, net:   

(In millions) 
By Segment 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

$ 

$ 

5 
4 
27 
36 

  $ 

  $ 

29 
5 
9 
43 

  $ 

  $ 

(20) 
7 
25 
12 

In 2011, other income, net included a credit of $16 million representing the reimbursement of post-acquisition 
interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology, which is recorded in Corporate.  Interest income was 
$18 million, $16 million and $31 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

In 2010, other income, net included a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) from the sale of our 50% 
equity  interest  in  McKesson  Logistic  Solutions,  LLC  (“MLS”).    The  gain  on  sale  of  our  investment  in  MLS  was 
recorded  within  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.    This  increase  was  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  interest 
income due to lower interest rates. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In 2009, other income, net included a pre-tax impairment charge of $63 million ($60 million after-tax) on two 
equity-held investments (as further described below) and a pre-tax gain of $24 million ($14 million after-tax) from 
the sale of our 42% equity interest in Verispan, LLC (“Verispan”).  The impairment charge and the gain on sale of 
our investment in Verispan were both recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment.   

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values of such investment may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value.  In 2009, we determined 
that the fair value of our interest in Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”) was lower than its carrying value and that such 
impairment was other-than-temporary.  Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on 
estimated future results and market capitalization rates.  We determined the impairment was other-than-temporary 
based on our assessment of all relevant factors including deterioration in the investee’s financial condition and weak 
market  conditions.    As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  of  $58 million  ($55 million  after-tax)  on  this 
investment  which  is  recorded  as  other  income,  net  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  within  our 
Distribution Solutions segment.  Our investment in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. 

In  2009,  we  also  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  of  $5 million  ($5 million  after-tax)  on  another  equity-held 

investment within our Distribution Solutions segment. 

Segment Operating Profit and Corporate Expenses:  

(Dollars in millions) 
(1) 
Segment Operating Profit 
 (2) 
Distribution Solutions
Technology Solutions 

Subtotal 

Corporate Expenses, Net 
Litigation Credit, Net 
Interest Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

  $ 

$ 

1,897 
301 
2,198 
(341) 
— 
(222) 

  $ 

1,988 
385 
2,373 
(342) 
20 
(187) 

1,158 
334 
1,492 
(284) 
— 
(144) 

Taxes  

$ 

1,635 

  $ 

1,864 

  $ 

1,064 

Segment Operating Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

1.74% 
9.42 

1.88% 

12.32 

1.12% 

10.90 

(1)  Segment  operating  profit  includes  gross  profit,  net  of  operating  expenses,  plus  other  income  (expense),  net  for  our  two 

operating segments. 

(2)  Operating expenses  for 2011 and 2009  for our Distribution Solutions segment included $213 million and $493 million of 

AWP litigation charges. 

Operating profit margin for our Distribution Solutions segment decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily 
due  to  higher  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenue,  including  a  $213  million  AWP  litigation  charge, 
partially offset by a higher gross profit margin, which included a $51 million antitrust settlement.   

Operating profit margin for our Distribution Solutions segment increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily 
due to a higher gross profit margin, lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and higher other income.  
Results for 2010 included the $17 million gain on sale of MLS.  Results for 2009 included the $493 million AWP 
litigation charge, $63 million of charges to write-down two equity-held investments and a $24 million gain on the 
sale of the segment’s 42% equity investment in Verispan. 

Operating profit  margin in our Technology Solutions segment decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily 
reflecting a decrease in gross profit margin, which included the $72 million asset impairment charge and an increase 
in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues.  Operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment 
increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and an 
improvement in gross profit margin. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Corporate  expenses,  net  of  other  income  were  flat  in  2011  compared  to  2010  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in 
operating  expenses  which  were  fully  offset  by  an  increase  in  other  income,  including  the  $16  million  benefit 
associated with the reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology.  
Corporate  expenses,  net  of  other  income  increased  in  2010  compared  to  2009  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in 
operating expenses and a decrease in interest income. 

Interest Expense:  Interest expense increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to $25 million of bridge 
loan  fees  related  to  the  acquisition  of  US  Oncology,  interest  expense  associated  with  the  assumed  debt  and  the 
subsequent  refinancing  of  the  debt,  and  fees  from  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  which  are  recorded  in 
interest expense commencing in 2011.  These increases  were partially offset by lower interest expense due  to the 
repayment of $215 million of our long-term debt in March 2010.  Interest expense increased in 2010 compared to 
2009  primarily  due  to  our  issuance  of  $700 million  of  long-term  debt  in  February  2009.    Refer  to  our  discussion 
under  the  caption  “Credit  Resources”  within  this  Financial  Review  for  additional  information  regarding  our 
financing activities.  

Income Taxes:  Our reported tax rates were 30.9%, 32.2% and 22.7% in 2011, 2010 and 2009.  In addition to 
the items noted below, fluctuations in our reported tax rate are primarily due to changes within our business mix, 
including varying proportions of income attributable to foreign countries that have lower income tax rates.  

In 2011, income tax expense included $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which primarily 

relates to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest. 

In  2009,  income  tax  expense  included  $111 million  of  net  income  tax  benefits  for  discrete  items  of  which 
$87 million  represents  a  non-cash  benefit.    These  benefits  primarily  relate  to  the  recognition  of  previously 
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest.  The recognition of these discrete items was primarily due to 
the lapsing of the statutes of limitations. 

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining our fiscal years 2003 through 2006 and we 
anticipate  the  field  work  will  be  completed  and  they  will  issue  the  Revenue  Agent  Report  in  our  first  quarter  of 
fiscal 2012.  We have received assessments from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) for a total of $169 million 
related to transfer pricing for 2003 through 2007.  Payments of most of the assessments to the CRA have been made 
to stop the accrual of interest.  We have appealed the assessment for 2003 to the Tax Court of Canada and have filed 
a notice of objection for 2004 through 2007.  If we are not successful in resolving these issues with the CRA, a trial 
date has been set for October 17, 2011 with the Tax Court of Canada.  We believe that we have adequately provided 
for any potential adverse results relating to the IRS and CRA examinations.  However, the final resolution of these 
issues could result in an increase or decrease to income tax expense. 

Discontinued Operation:  In July 2010, our Technology Solutions segment sold MAP, a provider of phone and 
web-based healthcare services in Australia and New Zealand, for net sales proceeds of $109 million.  The divestiture 
generated a pre-tax and after-tax gain of $95 million and $72 million.  As a result of the sale, we were able to utilize 
capital loss carry-forwards for which we previously recorded a valuation allowance of $15 million.  The release of 
the valuation allowance is included as a tax benefit in our after-tax gain on the divestiture.  The after-tax gain on 
disposition was recorded as a discontinued operation in our statement of operations in 2011.  The historical financial 
operating results and net assets of MAP  were not  material  to our consolidated financial  statements  for all periods 
presented.  

37 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Net  Income:    Net  income  was  $1,202 million,  $1,263 million  and  $823 million  in  2011,  2010  and  2009  and 
diluted earnings per common share were $4.57, $4.62 and $2.95.  The net income and diluted earnings per common 
share for 2011 included a pre-tax charge of $213 million ($149 million after-tax).  Net income and diluted earnings 
per common share for 2011 also included an after-tax gain of $72 million (or $0.28 per diluted share) relating to our 
sale  of  MAP.    The  net  income  and  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  for  2009  included  a  pre-tax  charge  of 
$493 million ($311 million after-tax) for the AWP litigation. 

Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding:  Diluted earnings per common share was calculated 
based  on  a  weighted  average  number  of  shares  outstanding  of  263 million,  273 million  and  279 million  for  2011, 
2010 and 2009.  The decrease in the number of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding over the past 
two years primarily reflects a decrease in the number of shares outstanding as a result of stock repurchased, partially 
offset by the exercise/settlement of share-based awards. 

International Operations 

International  operations  accounted  for  8.9%,  8.6%  and  7.9%  of  2011,  2010  and  2009  consolidated  revenues.  
International operations are subject to certain risks, including currency fluctuations.  We monitor our operations and 
adopt strategies responsive to changes in the economic and political environment in each of the countries in which 
we  operate.    Additional  information  regarding  our  international  operations  is  also  included  in  Financial  Note  20, 
“Segments of Business,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Business Combinations 

On  December  30,  2010,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  US  Oncology  for  approximately  $2.1 
billion, consisting of cash consideration of $0.2 billion, net of cash acquired, and the assumption of liabilities with a 
fair  value  of  $1.9 billion.    As  an  integrated  oncology  company,  US  Oncology  is  affiliated  with  community-based 
oncologists,  and  works  with  patients,  hospitals,  payers  and  the  medical  industry  across  all  phases  of  the  cancer 
research and delivery continuum.  The acquisition of US Oncology expands our existing specialty pharmaceutical 
distribution  business  and  adds  practice  management  services  for  oncologists.    The  cash  paid  at  acquisition  was 
funded from cash on hand.  

Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $1.0 billion,  which primarily 
consist  of  $0.7  billion  of  service  agreements  and  $0.2  billion  of  customer  lists.    The  estimated  weighted  average 
lives  of  the  service  agreements,  customer  lists  and  total  acquired  intangibles  are  18  years,  10  years  and  16  years.  
The  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  of  approximately  $808  million  was 
recorded  as  goodwill,  which  primarily  reflects  the  expected  future  benefits  to  be  realized  upon  integrating  the 
business.  Due to the recent timing of the acquisition, the fair value measurements of assets and liabilities assumed 
as  of  the  acquisition  date  are  subject  to  change  within  the  measurement  period  as  our  fair  value  assessments  are 
finalized.  Financial results for US Oncology have been included in the results of operations within our Distribution 
Solutions segment beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011. 

On  May  21,  2008,  we  acquired  McQueary  Brothers  of  Springfield,  Missouri  for  approximately  $190 million.  
McQueary  Brothers  is  a  regional  distributor  of  pharmaceutical,  health  and  beauty  products  to  independent  and 
regional  chain  pharmacies  in  the  Midwestern  U.S.    This  acquisition  expanded  our  existing  U.S.  pharmaceutical 
distribution business.  The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.  Financial results for McQueary Brothers have 
been included  within our Distribution Solutions segment  since the date of acquisition.   During the first quarter of 
2010,  the  fair  value  measurements  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the  acquisition  date  were 
completed.    The  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  of  approximately 
$126 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflected the expected future benefits from synergies to be 
realized  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  were  acquired  identifiable 
intangibles of $61 million primarily representing a customer relationship with a useful life of 7 years, a trade name 
of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a useful life 
of 4 years. 

38 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

During  the  last  three  years,  we  also  completed  a  number  of  other  smaller  acquisitions  within  both  of  our 
operating segments.  Financial results for our business acquisitions have been included in our consolidated financial 
statements since their respective acquisition dates.  Purchase prices for our business acquisitions have been allocated 
based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. 

Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  
Pro forma results of operations for our business acquisitions have not been presented because the effects were not 
material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.  Refer to Financial 
Notes  2  and  11,  “Business  Combinations”  and  “Debt  and  Financing  Activities,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 

2012 Outlook 

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  2012  outlook  is  contained  in  our  Form  8-K  dated  May  3,  2011.    This 
Form  8-K  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  sections  Item  1  – Business  –  Forward-Looking  Statements  and 
Item 1A – Risk Factors in Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

39 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters 
that were uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates that we reasonably could 
have used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period 
to  period,  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  from  operations.    Below  are  the 
estimates  that  we  believe  are  critical  to  the  understanding  of  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition.    Other 
accounting  policies  are  described  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements appearing in  this  Annual  Report on Form 10-K.    Because of the  uncertainty inherent in  such 
estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:  We provide short-term credit and other customer financing arrangements to 
customers  who  purchase  our  products  and  services.    Other  customer  financing  primarily  relates  to  guarantees 
provided to our customers, or their creditors, regarding the repurchase of inventories.  We also provide financing to 
certain customers related to the purchase of pharmacies,  which serve as collateral  for the loans.   We estimate  the 
receivables for  which  we do not expect full collection based on historical collection rates and specific knowledge 
regarding  the  current  creditworthiness  of  our  customers  and  record  an  allowance  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for these amounts.  

In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, which includes portfolio and specific reserves, 
the  Company  reviews  accounts  receivable  aging,  industry  trends,  customer  financial  strength,  credit  standing, 
historical write-off trends and payment history to assess the probability of collection.  If the frequency and severity 
of  customer  defaults  due  to  our  customers’  financial  condition  or  general  economic  conditions  change,  our 
allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  may  require  adjustment.    As  a  result,  we  continuously  monitor  outstanding 
receivables  and  other  customer  financing  and  adjust  allowances  for  accounts  where  collection  may  be  in  doubt.  
During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues.  
Sales  to  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS  Caremark  Corporation  (“CVS”)  and  Rite  Aid  Corporation  (“Rite  Aid”), 
accounted  for  approximately  14%  and  11%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.    At  March 31,  2011,  accounts 
receivable  from  our  ten  largest  customers  were  approximately  43%  of  total  accounts  receivable.    Accounts 
receivable from CVS, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 10% and 9% of 
total  accounts  receivable.    As  a  result,  our  sales  and  credit  concentration  is  significant.    A  default  in  payments,  a 
material reduction in purchases from these, or any other large customer or the loss of a large customer could have a 
material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.  

Reserve  methodologies  are  assessed  annually  based  on  historical  losses  and  economic,  business  and  market 
trends.  In addition, reserves are reviewed quarterly and updated if unusual circumstances or trends are present.  We 
believe  the  reserves  maintained  and  expenses  recorded  in  2011  are  appropriate  and  consistent  with  historical 
methodologies employed.  At this time, we are not aware of any internal process or customer issues that might lead 
to  a  significant  increase  in  the  foreseeable  future  in  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  as  a  percentage  of  net 
revenue. 

At  March  31,  2011,  trade  and  notes  receivables  were  $8,108 million  prior  to  allowances  of  $124 million.    In 
2011, 2010 and 2009 our provision for bad debts was $18 million, $17 million and $29 million.  At March 31, 2011 
and 2010, the allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables was 1.5% and 1.8%.  An increase or decrease 
of  a  hypothetical  0.1%  in  the  2011  allowance  as  a  percentage  of  trade  and  notes  receivables  would  result  in  an 
increase  or  decrease  in  the  provision  for  bad  debts  of  approximately  $8 million.    The  selected  0.1%  hypothetical 
change  does  not  reflect  what  could  be  considered  the  best  or  worst  case  scenarios.    Additional  information 
concerning  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  may  be  found  in  Schedule  II  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K. 

40 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Inventories:  We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”).  Inventories for our Distribution 
Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale.  For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of 
the  cost  of  domestic  inventories  is  determined  using  the  LIFO  method  and  the  cost  of  Canadian  inventories  is 
determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  method.    Technology  Solutions  segment  inventories  consist  of 
computer hardware  with cost  determined by the standard cost  method.  Rebates, fees, cash discounts, allowances, 
chargebacks  and  other  incentives  received  from  vendors  are  generally  accounted  for  as  a  reduction  in  the  cost  of 
inventory  and  are  recognized  when  the  inventory  is  sold.    Total  inventories  were  $9.2 billion  and  $9.4 billion  at 
March 31, 2011 and 2010.  

The LIFO method was used to value approximately 87% of our inventories at March 31, 2011 and 2010.  At 
March 31, 2011 and 2010, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments, were $96 million and $93 million.  LIFO 
reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products.  In 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recognized net 
LIFO expense of $3 million, $8 million and $8 million within our consolidated statements of operations.  In 2011, 
our $3 million net LIFO expense related to our non-pharmaceutical products.  A LIFO expense is recognized when 
the  net  effect  of  price  increases  on  branded  pharmaceuticals  and  non-pharmaceutical  products  held  in  inventory 
exceeds  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals,  including  the  effect  of  branded 
pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity.  A LIFO credit is recognized when the net effect of price 
declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  increases  on  branded 
pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory.  

We  believe  that  the  FIFO  inventory  costing  method  provides  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  current  cost  of 
replacing inventory (i.e., “market”).  As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as 
valued under FIFO.  Primarily due to continued net deflation in generic pharmaceutical inventories, pharmaceutical 
inventories at  LIFO  were  $156 million and $112 million higher than FIFO as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.  As a 
result,  in  2011  and  2010,  we  recorded  LCM  charges  of  $44 million  and  $5 million  within  our  consolidated 
statements  of  operations  to  adjust  our  LIFO  inventories  to  market.    As  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceuticals 
continues, we anticipate that LIFO credits from the valuation of our pharmaceutical products will be fully offset by 
LCM reserves.  

In  determining  whether  inventory  valuation  issues  exist,  we  consider  various  factors  including  estimated 
quantities  of  slow-moving  inventory  by  reviewing  on-hand  quantities,  outstanding  purchase  obligations  and 
forecasted sales.  Shifts in market trends and conditions, changes in customer preferences due to the introduction of 
generic drugs or new pharmaceutical products or the loss of one or more significant customers are factors that could 
affect the value of our inventories.  We provide reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, if indicated, as a result of 
these reviews.  These factors could make our estimates of inventory valuation differ from actual results.  

Business Combinations:  We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which 
requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair 
values.    Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  net  assets  acquired  is  recorded  as 
goodwill.  Effective  April  1,  2009,  acquisition-related  expenses  and  restructuring  costs  are  recognized  separately 
from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred. Acquisition-related expenses totaled $52 million in 
2011 and were not material in 2010.   

Several  methods  may  be  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.    For 
intangible  assets,  we  typically  use  the  income  method.    This  method  starts  with  a  forecast  of  all  of  the  expected 
future  net  cash  flows  for  each  asset  or  liability  acquired.    These  cash  flows  are  then  adjusted  to  present  value  by 
applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams.  Some of 
the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods include the amount 
and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash 
flows  and  the  assessment  of  the  asset’s  life  cycle  and  the  competitive  trends  impacting  the  asset,  including 
consideration  of  any  technical,  legal,  regulatory,  or  economic  barriers  to  entry.    Determining  the  useful  life  of  an 
intangible  asset  also  requires  judgment  as  different  types  of  intangible  assets  will  have  different  useful  lives  and 
certain  assets  may  even  be  considered  to  have  indefinite  useful  lives.    Refer  to  Financial  Note  2,  “Business 
Combinations,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
additional information regarding our acquisitions.  

41 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Goodwill:    As  a  result  of  acquiring  businesses,  we  have  $4,364 million  and  $3,568 million  of  goodwill  at 
March 31,  2011  and  2010.    We  maintain  goodwill  assets  on  our  books  unless  the  assets  are  considered  to  be 
impaired.  We perform an impairment test on goodwill balances annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if 
indicators for potential impairment exist.  Indicators that are considered include significant changes in performance 
relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry, or 
economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained 
period of time.  

Impairment  testing  is  conducted  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  generally  defined  as  a  component  –  one 
level below our Distribution  Solutions and Technology Solutions operating  segments, for  which discrete  financial 
information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that unit.  Components 
that have essentially similar operations, products, services and customers are aggregated as a single reporting unit.  
Management  judgment  is  involved  in  determining  which  components  may  be  combined  and  changes  in  these 
combinations could affect the outcome of the testing. 

Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net 
assets  for  the  reporting  units.    If  the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  a  second  step  would  be  performed  to 
calculate  the  amount  of  impairment,  which  would  be  recorded  as  a  charge  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.  Fair values can be determined using the market, income or cost approach.  To estimate the fair value of 
our  reporting  units,  we  use  a  combination  of  the  market  approach  and  the  income  approach.    Under  the  market 
approach,  we  estimate  fair  value  by  comparing  the  business  to  similar  businesses,  or  guideline  companies  whose 
securities are actively traded in public markets.  Under the income approach, we use a discounted cash flow model 
in  which  cash  flows  anticipated  over  several  periods,  plus  a  terminal  value  at  the  end  of  that  time  horizon,  are 
discounted  to  their  present  value  using  an  appropriate  rate  of  return.    In  addition,  we  compare  the  aggregate  fair 
value of our reporting units to our market capitalization as further corroboration of the fair value. 

Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the goodwill impairment estimation process 
using  the  market  approach  include  the  selection  of  appropriate  guideline  companies,  the  determination  of  market 
value multiples for both the guideline companies and the reporting unit, the determination of applicable premiums 
and discounts based on any differences in marketability between the business and the guideline companies and for 
the  income  approach,  the  required  rate  of  return  used  in  the  discounted  cash  flow  method,  which  reflects  capital 
market conditions and the specific risks associated with the business.  Other estimates inherent in both the market 
and income approaches include long-term growth rates, projected revenues and earnings and cash flow forecasts for 
the reporting units.  

Estimates of fair value result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely 
heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions  at  a  point  in  time.    The judgments  made  in  determining  an  estimate  of  fair 
value may materially impact our results of operations.  The valuations are based on information available as of the 
impairment  review  date  and  are  based  on  expectations  and  assumptions  that  have  been  deemed  reasonable  by 
management.  Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to meet business plans, a further deterioration in 
the  market or other  unanticipated events and circumstances,  may affect  the accuracy or validity of such estimates 
and could potentially result in an impairment charge.  

In  2011,  2010  and  2009,  we  concluded  that  there  were  no  impairments  of  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  each 

reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.  

Supplier Incentives:  Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or 
distribution of inventory, are generally  reported as a reduction to cost of goods sold.  We consider these fees and 
other incentives to represent product discounts and as a result, the amounts are recorded as a reduction of product 
cost and are recognized through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.  

42 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Supplier  Reserves:    We  establish  reserves  against  amounts  due  from  suppliers  relating  to  various  price  and 
rebate  incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.    These  reserve 
estimates  are  established  based  on  judgment  after  considering  the  status  of  current  outstanding  claims,  historical 
experience  with  the  suppliers,  the  specific  incentive  programs  and  any  other  pertinent  information  available.    We 
evaluate  the  amounts  due  from  suppliers  on  a  continual  basis  and  adjust  the  reserve  estimates  when  appropriate 
based on changes in factual circumstances.  As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, supplier reserves were $102 million 
and $89 million.  The ultimate outcome of any amounts due from our suppliers may be different from our estimate.  
All of the supplier reserves at March 31, 2011 and 2010 pertain to our Distribution Solutions segment.  An increase 
or decrease in the supplier reserve as a hypothetical 0.1% of trade payables at March 31, 2011 would result in an 
increase  or  decrease  in  the  cost  of  sales  of  approximately  $14  million  in  2011.    The  selected  0.1%  hypothetical 
change does not reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios.   

Income  Taxes:    Our  income  tax  expense  and  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect  management’s  best 
assessment  of  estimated  current  and  future  taxes  to  be  paid.    We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and 
numerous  foreign  jurisdictions.    Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated 
income tax provision and in  evaluating income  tax  uncertainties.  We review our tax positions at the end of each 
quarter and adjust the balances as new information becomes available. 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of 
revenue and expense.  In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive 
and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative net operating losses in the 
most  recent  years  and  our  forecast  of  future  taxable  income.    In  estimating  future  taxable  income,  we  develop 
assumptions  including  the  amount  of  future  federal,  state  and  foreign  pre-tax  operating  income,  the  reversal  of 
temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies.  These assumptions 
require  significant  judgment  about  the  forecasts  of  future  taxable  income  and  are  consistent  with  the  plans  and 
estimates  we  use  to  manage  the  underlying  businesses.    We  had  deferred  income  tax  assets  (net  of  valuation 
allowances)  of  $1,297 million  and  $1,187 million  at  March  31,  2011  and  2010  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  of 
$2,261 million  and  $1,845 million.    Deferred  tax  assets  primarily  consist  of  net  loss  and  credit  carryforwards  and 
timing  differences  on  our  compensation  and  benefit  related  accruals.    Deferred  tax  liabilities  primarily  consist  of 
basis  differences  for  inventory  valuation  (including  inventory  valued  at  LIFO)  and  other  assets.    We  established 
valuation allowances of $99 million against certain deferred tax assets, which primarily relate to federal, state and 
foreign loss carryforwards for which the ultimate realization of future benefits is uncertain.  Changes in tax laws and 
rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.  Should tax laws change, including 
those laws pertaining to LIFO, our cash flows could be materially impacted.  

If our assumptions and estimates described above were to change, an increase/decrease of 1% in our effective 
tax  rate  as  applied  to  income  from  continuing  operations  would  have  increased/decreased  tax  expense  by 
approximately $16 million, or $0.06 per diluted share, for 2011.  

Share-Based Compensation:  Our compensation programs include share-based compensation.  We account for 
all  share-based  compensation  transactions  using  a  fair-value  based  measurement  method.    The  share-based 
compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest, on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service period for those awards with graded vesting and service conditions.  For awards 
with  performance  conditions  and  multiple  vest  dates,  we  recognize  the  expense  on  a  graded  vesting  basis.    For 
awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the expense on a straight-line basis.  

43 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

We estimate the grant-date fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes options-pricing model.  
We  believe  that  it  is  difficult  to  accurately  measure  the  value  of  an  employee  stock  option.    Our  estimates  of 
employee  stock  option  values  rely  on  estimates  of  factors  we  input  into  the  model.    The  key  factors  involve  an 
estimate  of  future  uncertain  events.    The  key  factors  influencing  the  estimation  process,  among  others,  are  the 
expected life of the option, the expected stock price volatility factor and the expected dividend yield.  In determining 
the expected life of the option, we primarily use historical experience as our best estimate of future exercise patterns.  
We  use  a  combination  of  historical  and  implied  market  volatility  to  determine  the  expected  stock  price  volatility 
factor.  We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future stock price movements and 
is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations.  Once the fair values of employee stock options 
are  determined,  current  accounting  practices  do  not  permit  them  to  be  changed,  even  if  the  estimates  used  are 
different from actual experience. 

In addition, we develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards, which will ultimately vest primarily 
based on historical experience.  Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a material effect on share-based 
compensation expense.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is 
made  to  increase  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  a  decrease  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the 
financial statements.  If  the actual  forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated  forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is 
made  to  decrease  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  an  increase  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the 
financial statements.  We re-assess the estimated forfeiture rate established upon grant periodically throughout the 
requisite service period.  Such estimates are revised if they differ materially from actual forfeitures.  As required, the 
forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests.  The actual forfeitures in future 
reporting periods could be materially higher or lower than our current estimates. 

Our  assessments  of  estimated  share-based  compensation  charges  are  affected  by  our  stock  price  as  well  as 
assumptions regarding a  number of complex and  subjective variables and the related tax impact.  These  variables 
include  the  volatility  of  our  stock  price,  employee  stock  option  exercise  behavior,  timing,  number  and  types  of 
annual  share-based  awards  and  the  attainment  of  performance  goals.    As  a  result,  the  future  share-based 
compensation expense may differ from the Company’s historical amounts. 

Loss Contingencies: We are subject to various claims,  other pending and potential legal  actions  for damages, 
investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of 
our business.  When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of 
our best estimate for the ultimate loss.  However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is 
often difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable 
based on the information available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will 
determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency.  Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved 
over  many  years,  during  which  time  relevant  developments  and  new  information  must  be  reevaluated  at  least 
quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range 
of possible loss.  When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is 
provided.   

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably 
possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision.  We review all contingencies at least quarterly 
to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or 
range  of  the  loss  can  be  made.    As  discussed  above,  development  of  a  meaningful  estimate  of  loss  or  a  range  of 
potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, 
such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties.  Such factors bear directly on whether it is 
possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low estimate. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

We  expect  our  available  cash  generated  from  operations,  together  with  our  existing  sources  of  liquidity  from 
our accounts receivable sales facility and short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial 
paper, will be sufficient to fund our long-term and short-term capital expenditures, working capital and other cash 
requirements.    In  addition,  from  time-to-time,  we  may  access  the  long-term  debt  capital  markets  to  discharge  our 
other liabilities.  

44 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Net  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  was  $2,338 million  in  2011  compared  to  $2,316 million  in  2010  and 
$1,351 million in 2009.  Operating activities for 2011 included a non-cash charge of $213 million and the related 
income  tax  benefit  of  $64  million  for  the  AWP  litigation  charge.    Operating  activities  for  2011  also  reflect  an 
increase  in  receivables  primarily  associated  with  revenue  growth,  partially  offset  by  improved  management  of 
inventories and longer payment terms for certain purchases.  Cash flows from operations can also be significantly 
affected by factors such as the timing of receipts from customers and payments to vendors. 

Operating activities for 2010 were primarily affected by improved management of drafts and accounts payable, 
partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  inventories  due  to  our  revenue  growth  and  the  AWP  litigation  private  payer 
settlement payments of $350 million.   

Operating activities for 2009 included a non-cash charge of $493 million and the related income tax benefit of 
$182 million  for  the  AWP  litigation  charge.    Operating  activities  for  2009  also  reflect  an  increase  in  receivables 
primarily  associated  with  our  revenue  growth  as  well  as  longer  payment  terms  for  certain  customers  and 
improvement in our net financial inventory (inventory, net of drafts and accounts payable). 

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $624 million  in  2011  compared  to  $309 million  in  2010  and 
$727 million  in  2009.    Investing  activities  for  2011  included  $292  million  of  cash  payments  for  business 
acquisitions, including  approximately $244 million  for our acquisition of  US Oncology,  and $109  million of cash 
received from the sale of MAP. Investing activities in 2011 also included $233 million and $155 million in capital 
expenditures for property acquisitions and capitalized software. Investing activities for 2010 included $199 million 
and  $179 million  in  capital  expenditures  for  property  acquisitions  and  capitalized  software  and  the  release  of 
$55 million  of  restricted  cash  from  escrow  related  to  the  AWP  private  litigation  settlement  payments.    Investing 
activities  for  2009  included  $358 million  of  cash  payments  for  business  acquisitions,  including  the  McQueary 
Brothers acquisition for approximately $190 million. 

Financing  activities  utilized  cash  of  $1,841 million  in  2011  and  $421 million  in  2010,  and  provided  cash  of 
$178 million  in  2009.    Financing  activities  for  2011  reflect  $1,689  million  of  cash  received  from  the  issuance  of 
long-term debt.  In February 2011 we issued $600 million of 3.25% notes due 2016, $600 million of 4.75% notes 
due 2021, and $500 million of 6.00% notes due 2041.  Net proceeds from the issuance of the long-term notes, after 
discounts and offering expenses, were used to pay off the $1,730 million of debt assumed as part of the acquisition 
of US Oncology. Also as part of our acquisition of US Oncology, we borrowed $1,000 million for bridge financing 
which was fully repaid by February 2011.  Financing activities for 2011 also included $2,050 million of cash paid 
for share repurchases, $171 million of dividends paid and $367 million of cash receipts from employees’ exercises 
of stock options. 

Financing activities for 2010 included $323 million in cash paid for share repurchases and  $218 million in cash 
paid on our long-term debt, which primarily consisted of $215 million paid on the maturity of our 9.13% Series C 
Senior  Notes  in  March  2010.    Financing  activities  for  2010  also  included  $323  million  of  cash  paid  for  share 
repurchases, $131 million of dividends paid and $212 million of cash receipts from employees’ exercises of stock 
options.  

Financing activities for 2009 included our February 2009 issuance of $350 million of 6.50% notes due 2014 and 
$350 million of 7.50% notes due 2019.  Net proceeds of $693 million from the issuance of the notes, after discounts 
and offering expenses, were used by the Company for general corporate purposes.  Financing activities for 2009 also 
included  $502 million  of  cash  paid  for  share  repurchases,  $116 million  of  dividends  paid  and  $97 million  of  cash 
receipts from employees’ exercises of stock options. 

The Company’s Board has authorized the repurchase of McKesson’s common stock from time-to-time in open 
market  transactions,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  through  accelerated  share  repurchase  programs,  or  by  any 
combination  of  such  methods.    The  timing  of  any  repurchases  and  the  actual  number  of  shares  repurchased  will 
depend on a variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under 
our  debt  obligations  and  other  market  and  economic  conditions.    As  of  March  31,  2011,  $500 million  remained 
available for future repurchases under the October 2010 Board approved share repurchase plan.  In April 2011, the 
Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. 

45 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased from time-to-time pursuant to its stock repurchase program.  During the second quarter of 2009, all of 
the 4 million repurchased shares, which we purchased for $204 million, were formally retired by the Company.  The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares.  We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price 
over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.  As such, $165 million was recorded as a 
decrease to retained earnings. 

The  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  pay  quarterly  cash  dividends  in  the  future.    However,  the 
payment  and  amount  of  future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the 
Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

Although we believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, 
including  our  existing  credit  and  sales  facilities,  will  give  us  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the 
foreseeable  future,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  continued  or  increased  volatility  and  disruption  in  the  global 
capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. 

Selected Measures of Liquidity and Capital Resources: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital  
Debt, net of cash and cash equivalents 
Debt to capital ratio 
Net debt to net capital employed 
(3) 
Return on stockholders’ equity 

(2) 

(1) 

$ 

2011 
3,612 
3,631 
392 
35.7% 
5.1% 
16.9% 

  $ 

March 31, 
2010 
3,731 
4,492 
(1,434) 
23.4% 
(23.5)% 
18.7% 

$ 

2009 

2,109 
3,065 
403 
28.9% 
6.1% 
13.2% 

(1)  Ratio is computed as total debt divided by total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(2)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity 

(“net capital employed”). 

(3)  Ratio is computed as net income, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

Our cash and equivalents balance as of March 31, 2011, included approximately $1.8 billion of cash held by our 
subsidiaries outside of the United States.  Our intent is to utilize this cash in the foreign operations as well as to fund 
certain research and development activities for an indefinite period of time.  Although the vast majority of cash held 
outside  the  United  States  is  available  for  repatriation,  doing  so  could  subject  us  to  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local 
income tax.  During the fourth quarter of 2011 and pursuant to IRS regulations, we temporarily borrowed and repaid 
$1.0 billion of cash held by our subsidiaries outside the United States.  The duration of this temporary loan to the 
United States was less than 60 days. 

Working  capital  primarily  includes  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  receivables  and  inventories,  net  of  drafts  and 
accounts  payable,  deferred  revenue  and  other  current  liabilities.    Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  requires  a 
substantial  investment  in  working  capital  that  is  susceptible  to  large  variations  during  the  year  as  a  result  of 
inventory purchase patterns and seasonal demands.  Inventory purchase activity is a function of sales activity and 
customer requirements. 

Consolidated  working  capital  decreased  at  March  31,  2011  compared  to  March  31,  2010,  primarily  due  to 
increases  in  drafts  and  accounts  payables,  accrued  liabilities  and  the  current  portion  of  long-term  debt,  partially 
offset by an increase in receivables.  Consolidated working capital increased at March 31, 2010 compared to March 
31,  2009,  primarily  due  to  increases  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  net  financial 
inventory and repayment of $215 million of our long-term debt in March 2010. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Our  ratio  of  net  debt  to  net  capital  employed  increased  at  March  31,  2011,  compared  to  March  31,  2010, 
primarily due to an increase in total debt as a result of the US Oncology acquisition.  This ratio decreased at March 
31, 2010, compared to March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in cash and cash equivalents and repayment 
of $215 million of our long-term debt in March 2010. 

The Company paid quarterly cash dividends at the rate of $0.06 per share on its common stock from the fourth 
quarter of 1999 through the fourth quarter of 2008.  In April 2008, the quarterly dividend was raised from $0.06 to 
$0.12 per share and in May 2010, the quarterly dividend was raised to $0.18 per common share.  In April 2011, the 
Board approved an increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly 
dividend declarations.  The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  
However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend 
upon the Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors.  In 2011, 2010 and 
2009, we paid total cash dividends of $171 million, $131 million and $116 million. 

Contractual Obligations: 

The table below presents our significant financial obligations and commitments at March 31, 2011: 

(In millions) 
On balance sheet 
 (1) 
Long-term debt
  (2) 
Other
Off balance sheet 
Interest on borrowings
  (4) 
Purchase obligations
Operating lease obligations
Customer guarantees

 (6) 

 (3) 

Total 

Total 

  Within 1 

  Over 1 to 3 

  Over 3 to 5 

After 5 

Years 

$ 

4,004 
413 

  $ 

 (5)  

2,012 
3,730 
844 
176 
$  11,179 

  $ 

417 
32 

224 
3,610 
178 
119 
4,580 

  $ 

  $ 

861 
83 

361 
89 
258 
24 
1,676 

  $ 

  $ 

606 
162 

293 
31 
167 
5 
1,264 

  $ 

  $ 

2,120 
136 

1,134 
— 
241 
28 
3,659 

(1)  Represents maturities of the Company’s long-term obligations including an immaterial amount of capital lease obligations.   
(2)  Represents  our  estimated  benefit  payments  for  the  unfunded  benefit  plans  and  minimum  funding  requirements  for  the 

pension plans.  

(3)  Primarily represents interest that will become due on our fixed rate long-term debt obligations. 
(4)  A purchase obligation is defined as an arrangement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on 
the Company.  These obligations primarily relate to inventory purchases, capital commitments and service agreements.  

(5)  Represents minimum rental payments for operating leases. 
(6)  Represents  primarily  agreements  with  certain  of  our  Canadian  customers’  financial  institutions  under  which  we  have 
guaranteed  the  repurchase  of  our  customers’  inventory  or  our  customers’  debt  in  the  event  these  customers  are  unable  to 
meet their obligations to those financial institutions.  We also have  an agreement  with one software customer that, under 
limited  circumstances,  may  require  us  to  secure  standby  financing.    Because  the  amount  of  the  standby  financing  is  not 
explicitly stated, the overall amount of this guarantee cannot reasonably be estimated.  At March 31, 2011, the maximum 
amounts  of  inventory  repurchase  guarantees  and  customers’  debt  guarantees  were  $138 million  and  $38 million,  none  of 
which had been accrued. 

At March 31, 2011, the liability recorded for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, 
was  approximately  $485 million.    Since  the  ultimate  amount  and  timing  of  any  future  cash  settlements  cannot  be 
predicted with reasonable certainty, the estimated liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In addition, at March 31, 2011, our banks and insurance companies have issued $128 million of standby letters 
of credit and surety bonds, which were issued on our behalf mostly related to our customer contracts and in order to 
meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary obligations and our workers’ 
compensation and automotive liability programs.  

Credit Resources: 

We  fund  our  working  capital  requirements  primarily  with  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  our  accounts  receivable 

sales facility, short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial paper.  

Senior Bridge Term Loan Facility 

In connection with our execution of an agreement to acquire US Oncology, in November 2010, we entered into 
a $2.0 billion unsecured Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement (“Bridge Loan”). In December 2010, we reduced the 
Bridge Loan commitment to $1.0 billion. On January 31, 2011, we borrowed $1.0 billion under the Bridge  Loan.  
On February 28, 2011, we repaid the funds obtained under the Bridge Loan with long-term debt, as further described 
below, and the Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement was terminated.  During the time it was outstanding, the Bridge 
Loan  bore interest of 1.76%, which  was based on the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a  margin based on the 
Company’s credit rating.  Bridge Loan fees of $25 million were included in Corporate interest expense. 

US Oncology Debt Acquired 

Upon  our  purchase  of  US  Oncology  in  December  2010,  we  assumed  the  outstanding  debt  of  US  Oncology 
Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  US  Oncology,  Inc.    Immediately  prior  to  our  acquisition,  US 
Oncology Holdings, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Toggle Notes 
due  2012,  and  US  Oncology,  Inc.  called  for  redemption  all  of  its  outstanding  9.125%  Senior  Secured  Notes  due 
2017  and  10.75%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due  2014.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  we  paid  interest  of  $50 
million and redeemed these notes, including the remaining accrued interest, for $1,738 million using cash on hand 
and borrowings under our Bridge Loan. 

Long-Term Debt 

On  February  28,  2011,  we  issued  3.25%  notes  due  March  1,  2016  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
$600 million, 4.75% notes due March 1, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million and 6.00%  notes 
due March 1, 2041 in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million.  Interest is payable on March 1 and September 
1 of each year beginning on September 1, 2011.  We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of 
$1,673 million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  for  general  corporate  purposes,  including  the  repayment  of 
borrowings  under  the  Bridge  Loan.    On  February  12,  2009,  we  issued  6.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2014,  in  an 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  $350 million  and  7.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2019,  in  an  aggregate  principal 
amount of $350 million.  Interest is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year.  We utilized net proceeds, 
after  discounts  and  offering  expenses,  of  $693 million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  for  general  corporate 
purposes. 

In March 2010, we repaid our $215 million 9.13% Series C Senior notes, which had matured. 

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In  May  2010,  we  renewed  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  (the  “Facility”)  for  an  additional  one  year 
period under terms substantially similar to those previously in place, and in doing so we increased our committed 
balance from $1.1 billion to $1.35 billion.  From time-to-time, the available amount of the Facility may be less than 
$1.35  billion  based  on  accounts  receivable  concentration  limits  and  other  eligibility  requirements.    The  renewed 
Facility  will  expire  in  May  2011.   We  anticipate  renewing  this  Facility  before  its  expiration.  At  March  31,  2011, 
there were no securitized accounts receivable balances or secured borrowings outstanding under the Facility.  As of 
March  31,  2010,  there  were  no  accounts  receivable  sold  under  the  Facility.    Additionally,  there  were  no  sales  of 
interests to third-party purchaser groups in the year ended March 31, 2011. 

48 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Additional information regarding our accounts receivable sales facility is included in Financial Notes 1 and 11, 
“Significant  Accounting  Policies”  and  “Debt  and  Financing  Activities,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Revolving Credit Facility 

We  have  a  syndicated  $1.3 billion  five-year  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  expires  in  June 
2012.    Borrowings  under  this  credit  facility  bear  interest  based  upon  either  a  Prime  rate  or  the  London  Interbank 
Offered Rate.   There  were  no borrowings  under this  facility in 2011 and 2010 and $279 million for 2009.   As of 
March 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility.  

Commercial Paper 

There were no commercial paper issuances during 2011 and 2010 and no amount outstanding at March 31, 2011 

and 2010.  We issued and repaid $3.3 billion of commercial paper in 2009. 

Debt Covenant 

Our  various  borrowing  facilities  and  long-term  debt  are  subject  to  certain  covenants.    Our  principal  debt 
covenant is our debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we 
exceed  this  ratio,  repayment  of  debt  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  could  be  accelerated.    As  of 
March 31, 2011, this ratio was 35.7% and we were in compliance with our other financial covenants.  A reduction in 
our  credit  ratings,  or  the  lack  of  compliance  with  our  covenants,  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  finance 
operations or issue additional debt at acceptable interest rates.   

Funds necessary for future debt maturities and our other cash requirements are expected to be met by existing 

cash balances, cash flow from operations, existing credit sources and other capital market transactions.  

RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  

Information  regarding  our  related  party  balances  and  transactions  is  included  in  Financial  Note  19,  “Related 
Party  Balances  and  Transactions,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.   

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

New accounting pronouncements that we have recently adopted, as well as those that have been recently issued 

but not yet adopted by us, are included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated 
financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

49 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Concluded) 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Interest  rate  risk:    Our  long-term  debt  bears  interest  predominately  at  fixed  rates,  whereas  our  short-term 
borrowings are at variable interest rates.  If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our variable rate debt 
were to have changed by a  hypothetical  50 bp in 2011, interest expense  would not  have been  materially different 
from that reported.   

Our cash and cash equivalents balances earn interest at variable rates.  Should interest rates decline, our interest 
income  may  be  negatively  impacted.    If  the  underlying  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  our  cash  and  cash 
equivalents  balances  changed  by  50  bp  in  2011,  interest  income  would  have  increased  or  decreased  by 
approximately  $17 million.    The  selected  hypothetical  change  in  interest  rates  does  not  reflect  what  could  be 
considered the best or worst case scenarios. 

As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the net fair value liability of financial instruments with exposure to interest rate 
risk  was  approximately  $4.3 billion  and  $2.5  billion.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  our  long-term  debt  and  other 
financing  was  determined  using  quoted  market  prices  and  other  inputs  that  were  derived  from  available  market 
information and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that will be realized in 
the future.  Fair value is subject to fluctuations based on our performance, our credit ratings, changes in the value of 
our stock and changes in interest rates for debt securities with similar terms.   

Foreign  exchange  risk:    We  derive  revenues  and  earnings  from  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other 
European countries, Israel and Mexico, which exposes us to changes in foreign exchange rates.  We seek to manage 
our foreign exchange risk in part through operational means, including managing same currency revenues in relation 
to same currency costs, and same currency assets in relation to same currency liabilities.  Foreign exchange risk is 
also managed through the use of foreign currency forward-exchange contracts.  These contracts are  used to offset 
the potential earnings effects from mostly intercompany foreign currency investments and loans.  As of March 31, 
2011, a hypothetical adverse 10% change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would not have had a material 
impact on our net fair value of financial instruments that have exposure to foreign currency risk.   

50 

 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
Financial Notes 

Page 
52 
53 

54 
55 
56 
57 
58 

51 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The management of McKesson Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system 
of internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).  
With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an 
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework,  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of 
the Treadway Commission.  Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2011.  

Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  audited  the  financial  statements 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  has  also  audited  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011.  This audit report appears on page 53 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

May 5, 2011 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

52 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of McKesson Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  McKesson  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash 
flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2011.  Our audits also included the consolidated financial 
statement  schedule  (“financial  statement  schedule”)  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a).    We  also  have  audited  the  Company’s 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2011,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management 
is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the 
accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audits.  

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits 
also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.    We  believe  that  our  audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board 
of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    A 
company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements.  

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a 
timely  basis.    Also,  projections of  any  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of McKesson Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2011,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in 
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information 
set forth therein.  Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting  as  of  March  31,  2011,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 
San Francisco, California 
May 5, 2011  

53 

 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Revenues 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 

Operating Expenses 

Selling 
Distribution 
Research and development 
Administrative 
Litigation charge (credit), net 

Total Operating Expenses 

Operating Income 
Other Income, Net 
Interest Expense  

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

Taxes  

Income Tax Expense 

Income from Continuing Operations 

Discontinued Operation – gain on sale, net of tax 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation – gain on sale 

Total 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation – gain on sale 

Total 

Weighted Average Common Shares 

Diluted 
Basic 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2011 

112,084 
106,114 
5,970 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

  $ 

108,702 
103,026 
5,676 

  $ 

2009 

106,632 
101,254 
5,378 

767 
920 
407 
1,842 
213  
4,149 

1,821 
36 
(222) 

1,635 
(505) 

1,130 
72 
1,202 

4.29 
0.28 
4.57 

4.37 
0.28 
4.65 

263 
258 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

746 
882 
376 
1,684 
(20) 
3,668 

2,008 
43 
(187) 

1,864 
(601) 

1,263 
— 
1,263 

4.62 
— 
4.62 

4.70 
— 
4.70 

273 
269 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

743 
943 
364 
1,639 
493 
4,182 

1,196 
12 
(144) 

1,064 
(241) 

823 
— 
823 

2.95 
— 
2.95 

2.99 
— 
2.99 

279 
275 

See Financial Notes 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other 

Total 

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 
Capitalized Software Held for Sale, Net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets, Net 
Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current Liabilities 

Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other accrued liabilities 

Total 

Long-Term Debt 
Other Noncurrent Liabilities 

Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 17)  

Stockholders’ Equity 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares 

authorized, no shares issued or outstanding 

Common stock, $0.01 par value  

Shares authorized: 2011 and 2010 – 800 
Shares issued: 2011 – 369, 2010 –  359 

Additional Paid-in Capital 
Retained Earnings 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 
Other 
Treasury Shares, at Cost, 2011 – 117 and 2010 – 88 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

3,612 
9,187 
9,225 
333 
22,357 

991 
152 
4,364 
1,456 
1,566 
30,886 

14,090 
1,321 
1,037 
417 
1,861 
18,726 

3,587 
1,353 

3,731 
8,075 
9,441 
257 
21,504 

851 
234 
3,568 
551 
1,481 
28,189 

13,255 
1,218 
977 
3 
1,559 
17,012 

2,293 
1,352 

— 

— 

4 
5,339 
8,250 
87 
10 
(6,470) 
7,220 
30,886 

  $ 

4 
4,756 
7,236 
6 
(12) 
(4,458) 
7,532 
28,189 

  $ 

See Financial Notes 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Common 
Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Shares  Amount  Capital 

Other  Retained 
Capital  Earnings 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)  Guarantee 

ESOP Notes 
and 

Treasury 

Common 
Shares 

Amount 

Stockholders’ 
Equity 

Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

351 

$ 

4   $ 

4,252   $ 

(10)   $ 

5,586   $ 

152  

$ 

(3) 

(74)   $  (3,860)   $ 

6,121  

4  

97  

99  

8  

2 

(273)  

(57)  

(4)  

(39)  

823  

(165)  

351   $ 

4   $ 

4,417   $ 

3  
(7)   $ 

(134)  
(7)  
6,103   $ 

(1)  
(179)  

8  

218  
114  

11  

(19)  
15  

78  
15  
99  

8  
2  
(273)  

(57)  
823  

(6)  

(280)  

(484)  

$ 

(1) 

(80)   $  (4,144)   $ 

(1)  

(24)  

1 

238  

(53)  

1,263  

(131)  
1  

(4)  

(5)  

(7)  

(299)  

9  

(273) 

(57) 
823 

$ 

493 

238 

(53) 
1,263 

(134)  
(5)  
6,193  

194  
114  

11  
1  
238  

(53)  
1,263  

(299)  

(131)  
1  

Balances, March 31, 2008 
Issuance of shares under 

employee plans 

ESOP funding 
Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 
ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustments 
Unrealized net loss and 
other components of 
benefit plans, net of tax 
benefit of $33 

Net income 
Repurchase and retirement 

of common stock 
Cash dividends declared, 

$0.48 per common share 

Other 
Balances, March 31, 2009 
Issuance of shares under 

employee plans 

Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 
ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustments 
Unrealized net loss and 
other components of 
benefit plans, net of tax 
benefit of $32 

Net income 
Repurchase of common 

stock 

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.48 per common share 

Other 

Balances, March 31, 2010 
Issuance of shares under 

359   $ 

4   $ 

4,756   $ 

(12)   $ 

7,236   $ 

6  

$  — 

(88)   $  (4,458)   $ 

7,532 

 $ 

1,448 

employee plans 

10  

Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to 

issuance of shares under 
employee plans 
Translation adjustments 
Net income 
Repurchase of common 

stock 

Cash dividends declared, 

$0.72 per common share 

Other 

370  
137  

113  

(37)  

1,202  

(188)  

22  

Balances, March 31, 2011 

369   $ 

4  

$ 

5,339   $ 

10   $ 

8,250   $ 

76  

5  

87  

(17)  

353  
137  

113  
76  
1,202  

(29)  

(1,995 ) 

(2,032)  

(188)  
27  

$  — 

(117)   $  (6,470)   $ 

7,220   $ 

76 
1,202 

5 

1,283 

See Financial Notes 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Years Ended March 31, 

2011 

$ 

1,202 
(72) 

  $ 

Operating Activities 
Net income 
Discontinued operation – gain on sale, net of tax 
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 
Depreciation 
Amortization 
Provision for bad debts 
Other deferred taxes 
Share-based compensation expense 
Impairment of capitalized software held for sale 
Impairment of investments 
Other non-cash items 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business 

acquisitions: 
Receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Taxes 

Litigation charge (credit) 
Litigation settlement payments 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense on litigation 
Other 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing Activities 
Property acquisitions 
Capitalized software expenditures 
Acquisitions of businesses, less cash and cash equivalents 

acquired 

Proceeds from sale of businesses 
Restricted cash for litigation charge, net 
Other 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing Activities 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings 
Repayments of short-term borrowings 
Proceeds from issuances of long-term debt 
Repayments of long-term debt 
Common stock transactions: 

Issuances 
Share repurchases, including shares surrendered for tax 

withholding 

Share repurchases, retirements 
Dividends paid 

Other 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information 
Cash paid for: 
Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

$ 

$ 

Non-cash item: 

Fair value of acquisition debt assumed 

$ 

(1,891) 

  $ 

See Financial Notes 

57 

2010 

1,263 
— 

148 
326 
17 
161 
114 
— 
— 
(20) 

(133) 
(782) 
1,340 
27 
88 
(20) 
(350) 
116 
21 
2,316 

(199) 
(179) 

(18) 
1 
55 
31 
(309) 

5 
(6) 
— 
(218) 

212 

(323) 
— 
(131) 
40 
(421) 
36 
1,622 
2,109 
3,731 

188 
234 

— 

2009 

823 
— 

133 
308 
29 
320 
99 
— 
63 
(99) 

(708) 
370 
(189) 
(55) 
(47) 
493 
— 
(172) 
(17) 
1,351 

(195) 
(197) 

(358) 
63 
(55) 
15 
(727) 

3,630 
(3,630) 
699 
(4) 

97 

(298) 
(204) 
(116) 
4 
178 
(55) 
747 
1,362 
2,109 

139 
235 

— 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

139 
357 
18 
184 
137 
72 
— 
12 

(673) 
367 
533 
42 
33 
213 
(26) 
(56) 
(144) 
2,338 

(233) 
(155) 

(292) 
109 
— 
(53) 
(624) 

1,000 
(1,000) 
1,689 
(1,730) 

367 

(2,050) 
— 
(171) 
54 
(1,841) 
8 
(119) 
3,731 
3,612 

244 
347 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES 

1.  Significant Accounting Policies 

Nature  of  Operations:  McKesson  Corporation  (“McKesson,”  the  “Company,”  or  “we”  and  other  similar 
pronouns)  is  a  corporation  that  delivers  medicines,  pharmaceutical  supplies,  information  and  care  management 
products and services designed to reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry.  We conduct our 
business through two operating segments, McKesson Distribution Solutions and McKesson Technology Solutions, 
as further described in Financial Note 20, “Segments of Business.” 

Basis  of  Presentation:    The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  are  prepared  in 
accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  The consolidated financial statements of 
McKesson  include  the  financial  statements  of  all  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  majority-owned  or  controlled 
companies.  We evaluate our ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if they are variable 
interest entities (“VIEs”), if we have a variable interest in those entities and the nature and extent of those interests.  
These  evaluations  are  highly  complex  and  involve  judgment  and  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  based  on 
available historical information and management’s judgment, among other factors.  Intercompany transactions and 
balances have been eliminated. 

Fiscal Period:  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, 

all references to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

Reclassifications:    Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year 

presentation. 

Use  of  Estimates:    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  that  we 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
accompanying notes.  Actual amounts could differ from those estimated amounts. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents:    All  highly  liquid  debt  instruments  purchased  with  original  maturity  of  three 

months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents. 

We  maintain  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  several  financial  institutions.    Bank  deposits  may  exceed  the 
amount of federal deposit insurance; however, domestic non-interest bearing deposit transaction amounts are fully 
insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  regardless  of  the  dollar  amount.    Cash  equivalents  may  be 
invested  in  money  market  funds.    We  mitigate  the  risk  of  our  short-term  investment  portfolio  by  investing  the 
majority  of  funds  in  U.S.  government  securities,  depositing  funds  with  reputable  financial  institutions  and 
monitoring risk profiles and investment strategies of money market funds. 

Restricted  Cash:    Cash  that  is  subject  to  legal  restrictions  or  is  unavailable  for  general  operating  purposes  is 
classified as restricted cash and is included within prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.  At 
March 31, 2011 and 2010, restricted cash was not material. 

Marketable Securities Available for Sale:  We carry our marketable securities, which are available for sale, at 
fair value and they are included in prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.  The net unrealized 
gains and losses,  net of the related tax effect, computed in  marking these securities to  market have been reported 
within stockholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2011 and 2010, marketable securities were not material. 

58 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Receivables:  Our trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit 
risk with customers primarily in our Distribution Solutions segment.  During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers 
accounted  for  approximately  51%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.    Sales  to  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS 
Caremark Corporation (“CVS”) and Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”), accounted for approximately 14% and 11% 
of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.    At  March 31,  2011,  accounts  receivable  from  our  ten  largest  customers  were 
approximately  43%  of  total  accounts  receivable.    Accounts  receivable  from  CVS,  Wal-Mart  Stores,  Inc. 
(“Walmart”) and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 10% and 9% of total accounts receivable.  As a result, our sales 
and credit concentration is significant.  A default in payment, a material reduction in purchases from these, or any 
other  large  customers  or  the  loss  of  a  large  customer  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial 
condition, results of operations and liquidity.  In addition, trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit 
risk with customers in the institutional, retail and healthcare provider sectors, which can be affected by a downturn 
in the economy and changes in reimbursement policies.  This credit risk is mitigated by the size and diversity of the 
customer  base  as  well  as  its  geographic  dispersion.    We  estimate  the  receivables  for  which  we  do  not  expect  full 
collection based on historical collection rates and ongoing evaluations of the creditworthiness of our customers.  An 
allowance is recorded in our consolidated financial statements for these amounts. 

Financing Receivables:  We assess and monitor credit risk associated with financing receivables, namely lease 
and  notes  receivables,  through  regular  review  of  our  collection  experience  in  determining  our  allowance  for  loan 
losses.    On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  also  evaluate  credit  quality  of  our  financing  receivables  utilizing  aging  of 
receivables  and  write-offs,  as  well  as  consider  existing  economic  conditions,  to  determine  if  an  allowance  is 
necessary.   As  of  March  31,  2011,  financing  receivables  and  the  related  allowance  were  not  material  to  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

Inventories:  We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”).  Inventories for our Distribution 
Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale.  For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of 
the cost of domestic inventories is determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and the cost of Canadian 
inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  Technology Solutions segment inventories 
consist  of  computer  hardware  with  cost  determined  by  the  standard  cost  method.    Rebates,  fees,  cash  discounts, 
allowances, chargebacks and other incentives received from vendors are generally accounted for as a reduction in 
the cost of inventory and are recognized when the inventory is sold.   

The LIFO method was used to value approximately 87% of our inventories at March 31, 2011 and 2010.  At 
March 31, 2011 and 2010, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments, were $96 million and $93 million.  LIFO 
reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products.  In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized net 
LIFO expense of $3 million, $8 million and $8 million within our consolidated statements of operations.  In 2011, 
our $3 million net LIFO expense related to our non-pharmaceutical products.  A LIFO expense is recognized when 
the  net  effect  of  price  increases  on  branded  pharmaceuticals  and  non-pharmaceutical  products  held  in  inventory 
exceeds  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals,  including  the  effect  of  branded 
pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity.  A LIFO credit is recognized when the net effect of price 
declines  and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceuticals  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  increases  on  branded 
pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory. 

We  believe  that  the  FIFO  inventory  costing  method  provides  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  current  cost  of 
replacing inventory (i.e., “market”).  As such,  our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory  as 
valued under FIFO.  Primarily due to continued net deflation in generic pharmaceutical inventories, pharmaceutical 
inventories at LIFO  were $156 million and $112 million higher than FIFO as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.  As a 
result,  in  2011  and  2010,  we  recorded  LCM  charges  of  $44 million  and  $5 million  in  cost  of  sales  within  our 
consolidated statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market. 

Shipping  and  Handling  Costs:    We  include  all  costs  to  warehouse,  pick,  pack  and  deliver  inventory  to  our 

customers in distribution expenses. 

Property, Plant and Equipment:  We state our property, plant and equipment at cost and depreciate them under 
the  straight-line  method  at  rates  designed  to  distribute  the  cost  of  properties  over  estimated  service  lives  ranging 
from one to 30 years. 

59 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Capitalized Software Held for Sale:  Development costs for software held for sale, which primarily pertain to 
our Technology Solutions segment, are capitalized once a project has reached the point of technological feasibility.  
Completed  projects  are  amortized  after  reaching  the  point  of  general  availability  using  the  straight-line  method 
based on an estimated useful life of approximately three years.  At each balance sheet date, or earlier if an indicator 
of an impairment exists, we evaluate the recoverability of unamortized capitalized software costs based on estimated 
future undiscounted revenues net of estimated related costs over the remaining amortization period.  At the end of 
the second quarter of 2010, our Horizon Enterprise Revenue Management TM
 (“HzERM”) software product became 
generally available.  In October 2010, we decreased our estimated revenues over the next 24 months for our HzERM 
software product and as a result, concluded that the estimated future revenues, net of estimated related costs, were 
insufficient to recover its carrying value.  Accordingly, we recorded a $72 million non-cash impairment charge in 
the second quarter of 2011 within our Technology Solutions segment’s cost of sales to reduce the carrying value of 
the software product to its net realizable value. 

Additional information regarding our capitalized software expenditures is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Amounts capitalized 
Amortization expense 
Impairment charge 
Third-party royalty fees paid 

$ 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

  $ 

64 
75 
72 
72 

  $ 

75 
67 
— 
63 

74 
50 
— 
50 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators for potential 
impairment  exist.    Impairment  testing  is  conducted  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  generally  defined  as  a 
component  - one level below our Distribution  Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for  which 
discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that 
unit.    Components  that  have  essentially  similar  operations,  products,  services  and  customers  are  aggregated  as  a 
single reporting unit. 

Impairment  tests  require  that  we  first  compare  the  carrying  value  of  our  reporting  units  to  the  estimated  fair 
value of the reporting units.  If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second step is performed to calculate the 
amount of impairment, which would be recorded as a charge in the consolidated statements of operations.  The fair 
value of a reporting unit is based upon a number of considerations including projections of revenues, earnings and 
discounted  cash  flows  and  determination  of  market  value  multiples  for  similar  businesses  or  guideline  companies 
whose securities are actively traded in public markets.  The discount rate used for cash flows reflects capital market 
conditions  and  the  specific  risks  associated  with  the  business.    In  addition,  we  compare  the  aggregate  of  the 
reporting units’ fair value to the Company’s market capitalization as a further corroboration of the fair value.  The 
testing requires a complex series of assumptions and judgment by management in projecting future operating results, 
selecting  guideline  companies  for  comparisons  and  assessing  risks.    The  use  of  alternative  assumptions  and 
estimates  could  affect  the  fair  values  and  change  the  impairment  determinations.    There  were  no  goodwill 
impairments during 2011, 2010, or 2009. 

Intangible assets:  Currently all of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are generally amortized 
on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to twenty years.  We review identifiable 
amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value  of  the  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.    Determination  of  recoverability  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of 
identifiable  estimated  undiscounted  cash  flows  resulting  from  use  of  the  asset  and  its  eventual  disposition.  
Measurement of any impairment loss  is based on  the excess of the carrying  value of the asset over  its fair value.  
There were no material impairments of intangible assets during 2011, 2010 or 2009. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Capitalized Software Held for Internal Use:  We capitalize costs of  software  held  for internal  use during  the 
application development stage of a project and amortize those costs over the assets’ estimated useful lives ranging 
from one to ten years.  As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, capitalized software held for internal use was $446 million 
and  $483 million,  net  of  accumulated  amortization  of  $778 million  and  $665 million,  and  was  included  in  other 
assets in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Insurance Programs:  Under our insurance programs, we seek to obtain coverage for catastrophic exposures as 
well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.  It is our policy to retain a significant portion of certain 
losses  primarily  related  to  workers’  compensation  and  comprehensive  general,  product  and  vehicle  liability.  
Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based upon our estimate of the aggregate liability 
for  claims  incurred  as  well  as  for  claims  incurred  but  not  yet  reported.    Such  estimates  utilize  certain  actuarial 
assumptions followed in the insurance industry. 

Revenue  Recognition:    Revenues  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  are  recognized  when  product  is 
delivered and title passes to the customer or when services have been rendered and there are no further obligations to 
customers. 

Revenues are recorded net of sales returns, allowances, rebates and other incentives.    Our sales return policy 
generally allows customers to return products only if they can be resold for value or returned to suppliers for full 
credit.    Sales  returns  are  accrued  based  on  estimates  at  the  time  of  sale  to  the  customer.    Sales  returns  from 
customers  were  approximately  $1.4  billion  in  2011,  and  $1.2  billion  in  2010  and  2009.    Taxes  collected  from 
customers  and  remitted  to  governmental  authorities  are  presented  on  a  net  basis;  that  is,  they  are  excluded  from 
revenues. 

The revenues for our Distribution Solutions segment include large volume sales of pharmaceuticals to a limited 
number  of  large  customers  who  warehouse  their  own  product.    We  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer, 
receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and deliver the bulk product (generally in the 
same  form  as  received  from  the  manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers’  warehouses.    Sales  to  customers’ 
warehouses  amounted  to  $18.6  billion  in  2011,  $21.4 billion  in  2010,  and  $25.8 billion  in  2009.    We  also  record 
revenues for direct store deliveries from most of these same customers.  Direct store deliveries are shipments from 
the manufacturer to our customers of a limited category of products that require special handling.  We assume the 
primary liability to the manufacturer for these products. 

Revenues  are  recorded  gross  when  we  are  the  primary  party  obligated  in  the  transaction,  take  title  to  and 
possession of the inventory, are subject to inventory risk, have latitude in establishing prices, assume the risk of loss 
for collection from customers as well as delivery or return of the product, are responsible for fulfillment and other 
customer service requirements, or the transactions have several but not all of these indicators. 

Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  also  engages  in  multiple-element  arrangements,  which  may  contain  a 
combination  of  various  products  and  services.    Revenue  from  a  multiple  element  arrangement  is  allocated  to  the 
separate  elements  based  on  estimates  of  fair  value  and  recognized  in  accordance  with  the  revenue  recognition 
criteria  applicable  to  each  element.    If  fair  value  cannot  be  established  for  any  undelivered  element,  all  of  the 
arrangement’s revenue is deferred until delivery of the last element has occurred and services have been performed 
or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. 

Revenues  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  are  generated  primarily  by  licensing  software  and  software 
systems  (consisting  of  software,  hardware  and  maintenance  support),  and  providing  outsourcing  and  professional 
services.  Revenue for this segment is recognized as follows: 

61 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Software systems are marketed under information systems agreements as well as service agreements.  Perpetual 
software arrangements are recognized at the time of delivery or under the percentage-of-completion method based 
on the terms and conditions in the contract.  Contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method are 
generally  measured based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total estimated labor costs to be incurred.  
Changes in estimates to complete and revisions in overall profit estimates on these contracts are charged to earnings 
in the period in which they are determined.  We accrue for contract losses if and when the current estimate of total 
contract costs exceeds total contract revenue. 

Hardware  revenues  are  generally  recognized  upon  delivery.    Revenue  from  multi-year  software  license 
agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  Software implementation fees are recognized as 
the  work  is  performed  or  under  the  percentage-of-completion  method.    Maintenance  and  support  agreements  are 
marketed  under  annual  or  multi-year  agreements  and  are  recognized  ratably  over  the  period  covered  by  the 
agreements.  Subscription, content and transaction processing fees are generally marketed under annual and multi-
year agreements and are recognized ratably over the contracted terms beginning on the service start date for fixed 
fee arrangements and recognized as transactions are performed beginning on the service start date for per-transaction 
fee arrangements.  Remote processing service fees are recognized monthly as the service is performed.  Outsourcing 
service revenues are recognized as the service is performed. 

We  also  offer  certain  products  on  an  application  service  provider  basis,  making  our  software  functionality 
available  on  a  remote  hosting  basis  from  our  data  centers.    The  data  centers  provide  system  and  administrative 
support,  as  well  as  hosting  services.    Revenue  on  products  sold  on  an  application  service  provider  basis  is 
recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the contract beginning on the service start date of products hosted. 

This segment also engages in multiple-element arrangements, which may contain any combination of software, 
hardware, implementation or consulting services, or maintenance services.  When some elements are delivered prior 
to others in an arrangement and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) exists for the undelivered 
elements, revenue for the delivered elements is recognized  upon delivery of such items.    The segment establishes 
VSOE for hardware and implementation and consulting services based on the price charged when sold separately, 
and  for  maintenance  services,  based  on  renewal  rates  offered  to  customers.    Revenue  for  the  software  element  is 
recognized under the residual method only when fair value has been established for all of the undelivered elements 
in an arrangement.  If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement’s revenue 
is deferred until the delivery of the last element or until the fair value of the undelivered element is determinable. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  also  includes  revenues  from  disease  management  programs  provided  to 
various  states’  Medicaid  programs.    These  service  contracts  include  provisions  for  achieving  certain  cost-savings 
and clinical targets.  If the targets are not met for certain of these contracts, a portion, or all, of the revenue must be 
refunded to the customer.  We recognize revenue during the term of the contract by assessing actual performance 
against contractual targets and  then determining the amount the customer would be legally obligated to pay if the 
contract terminated as of the measurement date.  These assessments include estimates of medical claims and other 
data in accordance with the contract methodology.  Because complete data is unavailable until six to nine months 
after the measurement period, there is generally a significant time delay between recording the accrual and the final 
settlement  of  the  contract.    If  data  is  insufficient  to  assess  performance  or  we  have  not  met  the  targets,  we  defer 
recognition of the revenue.  As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, we had deferred $25 million and $26 million related to 
these types of contracts, which was included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets.  We generally 
have been successful in achieving performance targets under these agreements. 

62 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Supplier Incentives:  Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or 
distribution of inventory, are generally reported as a reduction to cost of goods sold.  We consider these fees and 
other incentives to represent product discounts and as a result, the amounts are recorded as a reduction of product 
cost and are recognized through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory. 

Supplier  Reserves:    We  establish  reserves  against  amounts  due  from  suppliers  relating  to  various  price  and 
rebate  incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.    These  reserve 
estimates  are  established  based  on  judgment  after  considering  the  status  of  current  outstanding  claims,  historical 
experience  with  the  suppliers,  the  specific  incentive  programs  and  any  other  pertinent  information  available.    We 
evaluate  the  amounts  due  from  suppliers  on  a  continual  basis  and  adjust  the  reserve  estimates  when  appropriate 
based on changes in factual circumstances.  As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, supplier reserves were $102 million 
and  $89 million.    The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  outstanding  claim  may  be  different  than  our  estimate.    All  of  the 
supplier reserves at March 31, 2011 and 2010 pertain to our Distribution Solutions segment. 

Income  Taxes:    We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  the 
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been 
included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on 
the difference between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in 
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are 
recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including 
resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.  The amount recognized is 
measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon effective 
settlements.  Deferred taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of our foreign operations that are considered 
to be permanently reinvested. 

Foreign Currency Translation:  Our international subsidiaries generally consider their local currency to be their 
functional currency.  Assets and liabilities of these international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at year-
end exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  Cumulative 
currency  translation  adjustments  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  or  losses  in  the 
stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheets.  Realized gains and losses from currency exchange 
transactions are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material to 
our consolidated results of operations in 2011, 2010 or 2009. 

Derivative Financial Instruments:  Derivative financial instruments are used principally in the management of 
foreign currency and interest rate exposures and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.  If a 
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item 
attributable to the hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings.  If the derivative is designated as a 
cash  flow  hedge, the effective portions of changes in the  fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  or  losses  and  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  when  the 
hedged item affects earnings.  We periodically evaluate hedge effectiveness and ineffective portions of changes in 
the  fair  value  of  cash  flow  hedges  are  recognized  as  a  charge  or  credit  to  earnings.    Derivative  instruments  not 
designated  as  hedges  are  marked-to-market  at  the  end  of  each  accounting  period  with  the  change  included  in 
earnings.    The  volume  of  activity  related  to  derivative  financial  instruments  was  not  material  for  2011,  2010  and 
2009. 

Accounts Receivable Sales:  At March 31, 2011, we had a $1.35 billion accounts receivable sales facility (“the 
Facility”).  Through this Facility, McKesson Corporation, the parent company, transfers certain U.S. pharmaceutical 
trade accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis to a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, which then sells 
these  receivables  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote  subsidiary  of 
McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements.  This SPE then sells undivided interests in 
the pool of accounts receivable to third-party purchaser groups, (the “Purchaser Groups”), which include financial 
institutions and commercial paper conduits. 

63 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Prior to April 1, 2010, sales of undivided interests in the receivables by the SPE to the Purchaser Groups were 
accounted for as sales because we had relinquished control of the receivables.  Accounts receivable sold under these 
transactions  were  excluded  from  receivables,  net  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.    Fee  charges 
from  the  Purchaser  Groups  were  recorded  within  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations. 

On  April  1,  2010,  we  adopted  amended  accounting  guidance  for  transfers  of  financial  assets,  including 
securitization transactions, in which entities have continued exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets.  
This  amendment  changed  the  requirements  for  derecognizing  financial  assets  and  expanded  the  disclosure 
requirements  for  such  transactions.    The  operations  of  the  Facility  did  not  change,  however  as  a  result  of  the 
amended accounting guidance from April 1, 2010 forward, accounts receivable transactions under our Facility are 
accounted for as secured borrowings rather than asset sales.  Accounts receivable continue to be recognized on our 
consolidated balance sheet and proceeds from the Purchaser groups are shown as secured borrowings.  Commencing 
in 2011, fee charges from the Purchaser Groups are recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of 
operations.  

Share-Based Compensation:  We account for all share-based compensation transactions using a fair-value based 
measurement  method.  The share-based compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is 
ultimately expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service  period  for those awards  with  graded 
vesting and service conditions.  For awards with performance conditions and multiple vest dates, we recognize the 
expense on a graded vesting basis.  For awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the 
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis.    The  compensation  expense  recognized  has  been  classified  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as cash compensation 
paid to our employees. 

Loss Contingencies:  We are subject to various claims, other pending and potential legal actions for damages, 
investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of 
our business.  When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of 
our best estimate for the ultimate loss.  However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is 
often difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable 
based on the information available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will 
determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency.  Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved 
over  many  years,  during  which  time  relevant  developments  and  new  information  must  be  reevaluated  at  least 
quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range 
of possible loss.  When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is 
provided.   

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably 
possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision.  We review all contingencies at least quarterly 
to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or 
range  of  the  loss  can  be  made.    As  discussed  above,  development  of  a  meaningful  estimate  of  loss  or  a  range  of 
potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, 
such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties.  Such factors bear directly on whether it is 
possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low estimate. 

Business Combinations:  We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which 
requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair 
values.    Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  net  assets  acquired  is  recorded  as 
goodwill.  Effective  April  1,  2009,  acquisition-related  expenses  and  restructuring  costs  are  recognized  separately 
from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred. Acquisition-related expenses totaled $52 million in 
2011 and were not material in 2010.   

64 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets:   On April 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance for 
transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, in which entities have continued exposure to risks 
related to transferred financial assets.  This amendment changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets 
and expanded the disclosure requirements for such transactions.  As a result of the amended accounting guidance, 
from  April  1,  2010  forward,  accounts  receivable  transactions  under  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  are 
accounted for as secured borrowings rather than asset sales. 

Consolidations:   On April 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs.  The 
new guidance eliminates the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a 
VIE and requires ongoing qualitative reassessments of  whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary, including 
ongoing assessments of control over such entities.  The adoption of this amended guidance did not have a material 
effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Financing  Receivables:    On  October  1,  2010,  we  adopted  amended  accounting  guidance  which  expands 
disclosures regarding credit quality and the related allowance for credit losses of financing receivables.    On January 
1, 2011, we adopted additional disclosure requirements regarding activity during a reporting period.  The adoption 
of the amended guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial results as these changes relate only to 
disclosures.   Because  our  financing  receivables  are  not  material  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  the 
disclosures  required  under  the  new  accounting  guidance  have  been  omitted  from  our  Financial  Notes  with  the 
exception of certain accounting policy disclosures which describe how we assess and monitor credit risk associated 
with our financing receivables. 

Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures:    In  January  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“FASB”) issued amended standards that clarify and provide additional disclosure requirements related to recurring 
and non-recurring  fair value  measurements of assets and liabilities.  These standards also amend requirements  for 
employer’s disclosure about post retirement benefit plan assets to conform to the fair value disclosure requirement.  
On January 1, 2010, we adopted the amended standards, except for the disclosures about the roll-forward of activity 
in Level 3 (measurement using significant unobservable inputs) fair value measurements, which are effective for us 
on April 1, 2011.  The adoption of the amended guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial 
statements. 

Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Revenue Recognition:  In October 2009, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for multiple-element 
arrangements.    The  amended  guidance  eliminates  the  use  of  the  residual  method  and  incorporates  the  use  of  an 
estimated selling price to allocate arrangement consideration.  The amended guidance will become effective for us 
for  multiple-element  arrangements  entered  into  or  materially  modified  on  or  after  April  1,  2011.    We  do  not 
anticipate the adoption of the amended guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2009, the FASB  issued amended guidance  for certain revenue arrangements that include  software 
elements.    The  guidance  amends  pre-existing  software  revenue  guidance  by  removing  from  its  scope  tangible 
products  that  contain  both  software  and  non-software  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  the  product’s 
functionality.    The  amended  guidance  will  become  effective  for  us  for  revenue  arrangements  entered  into  or 
materially modified on or after April 1, 2011.  We do not anticipate the adoption of the amended guidance to have a 
material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2010, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for vendors who apply the milestone method of 
revenue  recognition  to  research  and  development  arrangements.    The  amended  guidance  applies  to  arrangements 
with  payments  that  are  contingent,  at  inception,  upon  achieving  substantively  uncertain  future  events  or 
circumstances.  The amended guidance is effective on a prospective basis for us for milestones achieved on or after 
April  1,  2011.    We  do  not  anticipate  the  adoption  of  the  amended  guidance  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

65 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

2.  Business Combinations 

On  December  30,  2010,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  US  Oncology  Holdings,  Inc.  (“US 
Oncology”)  of  The  Woodlands,  Texas  for  approximately  $2.1  billion,  consisting  of  cash  consideration  of  $0.2 
billion,  net  of  cash  acquired,  and  the  assumption  of  liabilities  with  a  fair  value  of  $1.9  billion.  As  an  integrated 
oncology  company,  US  Oncology  is  affiliated  with  community-based  oncologists,  and  works  with  patients, 
hospitals,  payers  and  the  medical  industry  across  all  phases  of  the  cancer  research  and  delivery  continuum.    The 
acquisition of US Oncology expands  our existing  specialty  pharmaceutical distribution business and adds practice 
management services for oncologists.  The cash paid at acquisition was funded from cash on hand.   

The following table summarizes the preliminary recording of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities 

assumed as of the acquisition date:   

(In millions) 
Current assets, net of cash acquired 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other long-term assets 
Current liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other long-term liabilities 
Other stockholders’ equity 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

Amounts 
Previously 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date 
 (1) 
(Provisional)

$ 

$ 

546 
774 
1,099 
396 
(535) 
(1,751) 
(270) 
(15) 
244 

$ 

$ 

Measurement 
Period 
Adjustments  
116  $ 

34 
(92) 
(42) 
46 
16 
(68) 
(10) 
—  $ 

Amounts 
Recognized 
as of 
Acquisition 
Date 
(Provisional 
as Adjusted) 

662 
808 
1,007 
354 
(489) 
(1,735) 
(338) 
(25) 
244 

(1)  Represents amounts reported in our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2010. 

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of 
the acquisition date were revised.  Due to the recent timing of the acquisition, these amounts are subject to change 
within the measurement period as our fair value assessments are finalized. 

Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $1.0 billion, the fair value of 
which was determined by using Level 3 inputs, which are estimated using significant unobservable inputs.  Acquired 
intangibles primarily consist of $0.7 billion of service agreements and $0.2 billion of customer lists.  The estimated 
weighted average lives of the service agreements, customer lists and total acquired intangibles are 18 years, 10 years 
and  16  years.    The  fair  value  of  the  debt  acquired  was  determined  primarily  by  using  Level  3  inputs,  which  are 
estimated using significant unobservable inputs.  Refer to Financial Note 11, “Debt and Financing Activities,” for 
additional information on the assumption and funding of acquired debt.  The excess of the purchase price over the 
net tangible and intangible assets of approximately $808 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflects 
the expected future benefits to be realized upon integrating the business. 

Financial  results  for  US  Oncology  have  been  included  in  the  results  of  operations  within  our  Distribution 
Solutions  segment  beginning  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011.    We  recorded  $52  million  of  net  acquisition-related 
expenses in 2011 as follows: 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

(In millions) 
Operating expenses: 

Transaction closing expenses 
Severance and relocation 
Other integration expenses 

Total operating expenses 

$ 

Other income: reimbursement of post-acquisition interest 

expense from former shareholders 

Interest expense: bridge loan fees 

Total acquisition-related expenses 

$ 

Distribution 
Solutions 

Corporate & 
Interest  
Expense 

22 
9 
10 
41 

— 
— 
41 

 $ 

  $ 

— 
— 
2 
2 

(16) 
25 
11 

  $ 

  $ 

Total 

22 
9 
12 
43 

(16) 
25 
52 

On  May  21,  2008,  we  acquired  McQueary  Brothers  Drug  Company  (“McQueary  Brothers”)  of  Springfield, 
Missouri for approximately $190 million.  McQueary Brothers is a regional distributor of pharmaceutical, health and 
beauty products to independent and regional chain pharmacies in the Midwestern U.S.  This acquisition expanded 
our existing U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business.  The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.  Financial 
results  for  McQueary  Brothers  have  been  included  within  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  since  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the 

acquisition date: 

(In millions) 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable and other liabilities 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

126 
67 
89 
(92) 
190 

During the first quarter of 2010, the fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 
acquisition  date  were  completed.    The  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  of 
approximately $126 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflected the expected future benefits from 
synergies  to  be  realized  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  were  acquired 
identifiable intangibles of $61 million primarily representing a customer relationship with a useful life of 7 years, a 
trade name of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a 
useful life of 4 years. 

During  the  last  three  years,  we  also  completed  a  number  of  other  smaller  acquisitions  within  both  of  our 
operating segments.  Financial results for our business acquisitions have been included in our consolidated financial 
statements since their respective acquisition dates.  Purchase prices for our business acquisitions have been allocated 
based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. 

Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  
Pro forma results of operations for our business acquisitions have not been presented because the effects were not 
material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis. 

3.  Share-Based Compensation 

We provide share-based compensation for our employees, officers and non-employee directors, including stock 
options, an employee  stock purchase plan, restricted  stock  units (“RSUs”) and performance-based restricted stock 
units  (“PeRSUs”)  (collectively,  “share-based  awards.”)    Most  of  our  share-based  awards  are  granted  in  the  first 
quarter of each fiscal year.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Compensation expense for the share-based awards is recognized for the portion of awards ultimately expected 
to  vest.    We  estimate  the  number  of  share-based  awards,  which  will  ultimately  vest  primarily  based  on  historical 
experience.    The  estimated  forfeiture  rate  established  upon  grant  is  re-assessed  throughout  the  requisite  service 
period.    As  required,  the  forfeiture  estimates  are  adjusted  to  reflect  actual  forfeitures  when  an  award  vests.    The 
actual forfeitures in future reporting periods could be higher or lower than current estimates.  The weighted-average 
forfeiture rate was approximately 5% at March 31, 2011. 

The  compensation  expense  recognized  has  been  classified  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  or 
capitalized  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  in  the  same  manner  as  cash  compensation  paid  to  our  employees.  
There was no material share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of the cost of an asset in 2011, 2010 
and 2009. 

Impact on Net Income 

The components of share-based compensation expense and related tax benefits are as follows: 

 (2) 

(In millions) 
 (1) 
RSUs
PeRSUs
Stock options 
Employee stock purchase plan 
Share-based compensation expense 
Tax benefit for share-based compensation expense
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax 

 (3) 

$ 

$ 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

79 
27 
22 
9 
137 
(48) 
89 

  $ 

  $ 

47 
39 
19 
9 
114 
(41) 
73 

  $ 

  $ 

60 
13 
18 
8 
99 
(34) 
65 

(1)  This expense was primarily the result of PeRSUs awarded in prior years, which converted to RSUs due to the attainment of 

goals during the applicable years’ performance period. 

(2)  Represents estimated compensation expense for PeRSUs that are conditional upon attaining performance objectives during 

the current year’s performance period. 

(3)  Income  tax  expense  is  computed  using  the  tax  rates  of  applicable  tax  jurisdictions.    Additionally,  a  portion  of  pre-tax 

compensation expense is not tax-deductible. 

Stock Plans 

The  2005  Stock  Plan  provides  our  employees,  officers  and  non-employee  director’s  share-based  long-term 
incentives.    The  2005  Stock  Plan  permits  the  granting  of  up  to  42.5 million  shares  in  the  form  of  stock  options, 
restricted  stock,  RSUs,  PeRSUs  and  other  share-based  awards.    As  of  March  31,  2011,  13 million  shares  remain 
available for future grant under the 2005 Stock Plan.  

Stock Options 

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan 

generally have a contractual term of seven years and follow a four-year vesting schedule. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Compensation expense for stock options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
and  is  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  for  the  portion  of  the  awards  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest.    We 
continue to use the Black-Scholes options-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock options.  Once the 
fair value of an employee stock option is determined, current accounting practices do not permit it to be changed, 
even if the estimates used are different from actual.  The options-pricing model requires the use of various estimates 
and assumptions as follows: 

–  Expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of historical volatility of our common stock and 
implied market volatility.  We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future 
stock price movements and is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations. 

–  Expected dividend yield is based on historical experience and investors’ current expectations. 

–  The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the constant maturity 

U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant. 

–  Expected  life  of  the  options  is  based  primarily  on  historical  employee  stock  option  exercise  and  other 
behavior data and reflects the impact of changes in contractual life of current option grants compared to our 
historical grants. 

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of employee stock options were as follows: 

Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (in years) 

2011 

29% 
1.1% 
3% 
5 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

33% 
0.7% 
2% 
5 

27% 
0.6% 
3% 
5 

The following is a summary of options outstanding at March 31, 2011: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 
$  27.35  -  $  41.02   
$  41.03  -  $  54.70   
$  54.71  -  $  68.37   

Number of 
Options 
Outstanding At 
Year End 
(In millions) 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(Years) 
3 
2 
5 

  $ 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
37.26 
45.89 
62.76 

Number of 
Options 
Exercisable at 
Year End 
(In millions) 

3 
1 
1 
5 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price 
35.28 
46.06 
59.95 

$ 

4 
1 
4 
9 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The following table summarizes stock option activity during 2011, 2010 and 2009: 

(In millions, except per share data and 

years) 

Outstanding, March 31, 2008 
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled and forfeited 
Outstanding, March 31, 2009 
Granted 
Exercised 
Outstanding, March 31, 2010 
Granted 
Exercised 
Outstanding, March 31, 2011 

Shares 
26 
1 
(1) 
(7) 
19 
2 
(5) 
16 
1 
(8) 
9 

Vested and expected to vest
Vested and exercisable, March 31, 2011  

 (1) 

9 
5 

Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price 

  $ 

48.59 
57.81 
33.49 
78.35 
39.28 
40.59 
33.34 
41.26 
67.95 
37.63 
49.01 

49.01 
44.19 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

3 

  $ 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic  
 (2) 
Value
298 

3 

3 

4 

4 
2 

33 

394 

269 

268 
174 

(1)  The number of options expected to vest takes into account an estimate of expected forfeitures. 
(2)  The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the period-end market price of the Company’s common 

stock and the option exercise price, times the number of “in-the-money” option shares. 

The following table provides data related to stock option activity: 

(In millions, except per share data and years) 
Weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option  $ 
$ 
Aggregate intrinsic value on exercise 
$ 
Cash received upon exercise 
$ 
Tax benefits realized related to exercise 
$ 
Total fair value of shares vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to unvested stock options not yet recognized, 
pre-tax 

$ 

Weighted-average period in years over which stock 

2011 
18.37 
276 
319 
106 
21 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
12.56 
115 
165 
37 
16 

  $ 
 $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

41 

  $ 

37 

  $ 

option compensation cost is expected to be recognized  

1 

1 

RSUs and PeRSUs 

2009 
16.16 
30 
49 
14 
13 

30 

1 

RSUs,  which  entitle  the  holder  to  receive  at  the  end  of  a  vesting  term  a  specified  number  of  shares  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock  are  accounted  for  at  fair  value  at  the  date  of  grant.    Total  compensation  expense  for 
RSUs under our stock plans is determined by the product of the number of shares that are expected to vest and the 
grant  date  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.    The  Compensation  Committee  determines  the  vesting 
terms at the time of grant.  These awards generally vest in three to four years.  We recognize expense for RSUs with 
a single vest date on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.  We have elected to expense the grant date 
fair value of RSUs with only graded vesting and service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period. 

70 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Non-employee directors receive an annual grant of RSUs, which vest immediately and are expensed upon grant.  
However,  issuance  of  any  underlying  shares  granted  prior  to  the  July  2008  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  is 
deferred until the director is no longer performing services for the Company.  For those RSUs granted subsequent to 
July 2008, the director may choose to receive payment immediately or defer receipt of the underlying shares if they 
meet director stock ownership guidelines.  At March 31, 2011, 113,000 RSUs for our directors are vested, but shares 
have not been issued. 

PeRSUs are RSUs for which the number of RSUs awarded may be conditional upon the attainment of one or 
more  performance  objectives  over  a  specified  period.    PeRSUs  are  accounted  for  as  variable  awards  until  the 
performance  goals  are  reached  and  the  grant  date  is  established.    Total  compensation  expense  for  PeRSUs  is 
determined by the product of the number of shares eligible to be awarded and expected to vest, and the market price 
of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  commencing  at  the  inception  of  the  requisite  service  period.    During  the 
performance  period,  the  compensation  expense  for  PeRSUs  is  re-computed  using  the  market  price  and  the 
performance  modifier  at  the  end  of  a  reporting  period.    At  the  end  of  the  performance  period,  if  the  goals  are 
attained, the awards are granted and classified as RSUs and accounted for on that basis.  For PeRSUs granted during 
or prior to 2009, for which the related RSU grant has multiple vesting dates, we recognize the compensation expense 
of  these  awards  on  a  graded vesting  basis  over  the  requisite  aggregate  service  period  of  four  years.    For  PeRSUs 
granted  during  or  after  2009,  for  which  the  related  RSU  has  a  single  vesting  date,  we  recognize  compensation 
expense of these awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite aggregate service period of four years. 

The following table summarizes RSU activity during 2011, 2010 and 2009: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Nonvested, March 31, 2008 
Granted 
Vested 
Nonvested, March 31, 2009 
Granted 
Vested 
Nonvested, March 31, 2010 
Granted 
Vested 
Nonvested, March 31, 2011 

The following table provides data related to RSU activity:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Total fair value of shares vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to nonvested RSU awards not yet recognized, 
pre-tax 

Weighted-average period in years over which RSU cost 

$ 

$ 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value Per Share 

Shares 
3 
1 
(1) 
3 
2 
(1) 
4 
3 
(1) 
6 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

54.13 
57.38 
57.61 
54.70 
40.94 
50.42 
49.21 
67.84 
61.05 
57.79 

2009 

101 

52 

1 

2011 

43 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
74 

  $ 

  $ 

131 

  $ 

61 

  $ 

is expected to be recognized 

2 

2 

In May 2010, the Compensation Committee approved 1 million PeRSU target share units representing the base 
number of awards that could be granted, if goals are attained, and would be granted in the first quarter of 2012 (the 
“2011 PeRSU”).  These target share units are not included in the table above as they have not been granted in the 
form of RSUs.  As of March 31, 2011, the total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested 
2011 PeRSUs not yet recognized was approximately $93 million, pre-tax (based on the period-end market price of 
the Company’s common stock) and the weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is 
3 years. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) 

The Company has an ESPP under which 16 million shares have been authorized for issuance.  The ESPP allows 
eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions.  The deductions occur over 
three-month  purchase  periods  and  the  shares  are  then  purchased  at  85%  of  the  market  price  at  the  end  of  each 
purchase period.  Employees are allowed to terminate their participation in the ESPP at any time during the purchase 
period prior to the purchase of the shares.  The 15% discount provided to employees on these shares is included in 
compensation expense.  The shares related to funds outstanding at the end of a quarter are included in the calculation 
of diluted weighted average shares outstanding.  These amounts have not been significant.  In 2011, 2010 and 2009, 
1 million shares were issued under the ESPP and 2 million shares remain available for issuance at March 31, 2011. 

4.  Other Income, Net 

(In millions) 
Interest income 
Equity in (loss) earnings, net
Reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense 
Gain on sale of investment
Impairment of investments
Other, net 
Total 

 (1) 
 (1) 

 (1) 

2011 

18 
(6) 
16 
— 
— 
8 
36 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
16 
6 
— 
17 
— 
4 
43 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

31 
7 
— 
24 
(63) 
13 
12 

(1)  Recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment. 

In 2011, other income, net included a credit of $16 million representing the reimbursement of post-acquisition 

interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology, which is recorded in Corporate.  

In 2010, we sold our 50% equity interest in McKesson Logistics Solutions LLC (“MLS”), a Canadian logistics 

company, for a pre-tax gain of $17 million or $14 million after-tax. 

In  2009,  we  sold  our  42%  equity  interest  in  Verispan  LLC,  a  data  analytics  company,  for  a  pre-tax  gain  of 

$24 million or $14 million after-tax. 

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values of such investments may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value.  In 2009, we determined 
that the fair value of our interest in Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”) was lower than its carrying value and that such 
impairment was other-than-temporary.  Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on 
estimated future results and market capitalization rates.  We determined the impairment was other-than-temporary 
based on our assessment of all relevant factors including deterioration in the investee’s financial condition and weak 
market  conditions.    As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  of  $58 million  ($55 million  after-tax)  on  this 
investment, which is recorded within other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.  Our investment 
in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting 

In  2009,  we  also  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  of  $5 million  ($5 million  after-tax)  on  another  equity-held 

investment. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

5. 

Income Taxes 

(In millions) 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   
U.S. 
Foreign 
Total income from continuing operations before income 

$ 

2011 

1,161 
474 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

  $ 

1,340 
524 

  $ 

623 
441 

taxes 

$ 

1,635 

  $ 

1,864 

  $ 

1,064 

The provision for income taxes related to continuing operations consists of the following:  

(In millions) 
Current 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 
Total current 

Deferred 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 
Total deferred 
Income tax provision 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

$ 

$ 

283 
40 
54 
377 

121 
1 
6 
128 
505 

  $ 

  $ 

255 
25 
44 
324 

269 
13 
(5) 
277 
601 

  $ 

  $ 

177 
(111) 
35 
101 

69 
62 
9 
140 
241 

In 2011, income tax expense included $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which primarily 

relate to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest. 

In  2009,  income  tax  expense  included  $111 million  of  net  income  tax  benefits  for  discrete  items  of  which, 
$87 million  represents  a  non-cash  benefit.    These  benefits  primarily  relate  to  the  recognition  of  previously 
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest.  The recognition of these discrete items was primarily due to 
the lapsing of the statutes of limitations.   

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining our fiscal years 2003 through 2006 and we 
anticipate  the  field  work  will  be  completed  and  they  will  issue  the  Revenue  Agent  Report  in  our  first  quarter  of 
fiscal 2012.  We have received assessments from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) for a total of $169 million 
related to transfer pricing for 2003 through 2007.  Payments of most of the assessments to the CRA have been made 
to stop the accrual of interest.  We have appealed the assessment for 2003 to the Tax Court of Canada and have filed 
a notice of objection for 2004 through 2007.  If we are not successful in resolving these issues with the CRA, a trial 
date has been set for October 17, 2011 with the Tax Court of Canada.  We believe that we have adequately provided 
for any potential adverse results relating to the IRS and CRA examinations.  However, the final resolution of these 
issues could result in an increase or decrease to income tax expense. 

In nearly all jurisdictions, the tax years prior to 2003 are no longer subject to examination. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated  income  tax  provision.  
Although  our  major  taxing  jurisdictions  are  the  U.S.  and  Canada,  we  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  numerous 
foreign jurisdictions.  Annually, we file a federal consolidated income tax return with the IRS and over 1,200 returns 
with  various  state  and  foreign  jurisdictions.    Our  income  tax  expense,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect 
management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. 

The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and statutory tax rate is 

as follows: 

(In millions) 
Income tax provision at federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit 
Foreign income taxed at various rates 
Unrecognized tax benefits and settlements 
Tax credits 
Other, net 
Income tax provision 

$ 

$ 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

572 
33 
(105) 
14 
(16) 
7 
505 

  $ 

  $ 

652 
25 
(144) 
53 
(8) 
23 
601 

  $ 

  $ 

372 
18 
(120) 
(21) 
(20) 
12 
241 

At March 31, 2011, undistributed earnings of our foreign operations totaling $2.7 billion were considered to be 
permanently  reinvested.    No  deferred  tax  liability  has  been  recognized  on  the  basis  difference  created  by  such 
earnings since it is our intention to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations as well as to fund certain research 
and development activities for an indefinite period of time.  The determination of the amount of deferred taxes on 
these  earnings  is  not  practicable  because  the  computation  would  depend  on  a  number  of  factors  that  cannot  be 
known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made. 

Deferred tax balances consisted of the following:   

(In millions) 
Assets 
Receivable allowances 
Deferred revenue 
Compensation and benefit related accruals 
AWP litigation accrual 
Loss and credit carryforwards 
Other 
Subtotal 
Less: valuation allowance 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Basis difference for inventory valuation and other assets 
Basis difference for fixed assets and systems development costs 
Intangibles 
Other 
Total liabilities 
Net deferred tax liability 

Current net deferred tax liability 
Long-term net deferred tax asset  
Net deferred tax liability 

74 

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

48 
107 
409 
97 
494 
241 
1,396 
(99) 
1,297 

(1,450) 
(221) 
(532) 
(58) 
(2,261) 
(964) 

(1,036) 
72 
(964) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

56 
107 
349 
56 
481 
235 
1,284 
(97) 
1,187 

(1,363) 
(210) 
(209) 
(63) 
(1,845) 
(658) 

(975) 
317 
(658) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We have federal, state and foreign income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $267 million, $2.9 billion and 
$239 million.    The  federal  and  state  net  operating  losses  will  expire  at  various  dates  from  2012  through  2031.  
Substantially all of our foreign net operating losses have indefinite lives.  We believe that it is more likely than not 
that  the  benefit  from  certain  federal,  state  and  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  may  not  be  realized.    In 
recognition of this risk, we have provided valuation allowances of $16 million and $58 million on the deferred tax 
assets  relating  to  these  state  and  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.    We  also  have  state  capital  loss 
carryforwards of $27 million which will expire at various dates from 2012 through 2015.  

We  also  have  domestic  income  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $191 million  which  are  primarily  alternative 
minimum tax credit carryforwards that have an indefinite life.  However, we believe that it is more likely than not 
that the benefit from certain state tax credits of $15 million may not be fully realized.  In recognition of this risk, we 
have provided a valuation allowance of $2 million.  In addition, we have Canadian research and development credit 
carryforwards  of  $12 million.    The  Canadian  research  and  development  credits  will  expire  at  various  dates  from 
2018 to 2031. 

On  December  30,  2010,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  US  Oncology.   As  part  of  acquisition 
accounting, we recorded net deferred tax liabilities of $170 million on the opening balance sheet.  The $170 million 
included  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  $339  million  for  basis  differences  in  intangible  assets,  offset  by  deferred  tax 
assets  of  $83  million  for  federal  and  state  net  operating  losses  and  $86  million  for  other  future  deductible  and 
taxable differences. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  related  to  our  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  last  three 

years: 

(In millions) 
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period 
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Additions based on tax positions related to current year 
Reductions based on settlements 
Reductions based on the lapse of the applicable statutes of 

limitations 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period 

$ 

$ 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

619 
32 
(60) 
50 
(6) 

— 
635 

  $ 

  $ 

526 
50 
(12) 
72 
(16) 

(1) 
619 

  $ 

  $ 

496 
77 
— 
61 
(41) 

(67) 
526 

Of the total $635 million in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2011, $415 million would reduce  income 
tax expense and the effective tax rate if recognized.  During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that 
audit resolutions and the expiration of statutes of limitations could potentially reduce our unrecognized tax benefits 
by  up to $88 million.  However, this amount  may change because  we continue to have ongoing negotiations  with 
various taxing authorities throughout the year. 

We report interest and penalties on tax deficiencies as income tax expense.  At March 31, 2011, before any tax 
benefits, our accrued interest on unrecognized tax benefits amounted to $136 million.  We recognized an income tax 
expense of $16 million, before any tax effect, related to interest in our consolidated statements of operations during 
2011.  We have no material amounts accrued for penalties. 

6.  Discontinued Operation 

In July 2010, our Technology Solutions segment sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, McKesson Asia Pacific Pty 
Limited  (“MAP”),  a  provider  of  phone  and  web-based  healthcare  services  in  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  for  net 
sales  proceeds  of  $109  million.    The  divestiture  generated  a  pre-tax  and  after-tax  gain  of  $95  million  and  $72 
million.  As a result of the sale, we were able to utilize capital loss carry-forwards for which we previously recorded 
a valuation allowance of $15 million.  The release of the valuation allowance is included as a tax benefit in our after-
tax  gain  on  the  divestiture.    The  after-tax  gain  on  disposition  was  recorded  as  a  discontinued  operation  in  our 
statement of operations in 2011.  The historical financial operating results and net assets of MAP were not material 
to our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

7.  Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic  earnings  per  common  share  are  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares outstanding during the reporting period.  Diluted earnings per common share are computed similar 
to basic earnings per common share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities 
or  other  obligations  to  issue  common  stock  were  exercised  or  converted  into  common  stock.    Potentially  dilutive 
securities primarily include outstanding stock options, RSUs and PeRSUs. 

The  computations  for  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  from  continuing  and  discontinued 

operations are as follows:  

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operation - gain on sale, net of tax 
Net income 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 
Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Options to purchase common stock 
Restricted stock units 

Diluted 

Earnings per common share:

 (1) 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation, net 

Total 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation, net 

Total 

2011 
1,130 
72 
1,202 

258 

3 
2 
263 

4.37 
0.28 
4.65 

4.29 
0.28 
4.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
1,263 
— 
1,263 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

269 

3 
1 
273 

4.70 
— 
4.70 

4.62 
— 
4.62 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

823 
— 
823 

275 

3 
1 
279 

2.99 
— 
2.99 

2.95 
— 
2.95 

(1)  Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 

Approximately  6 million,  8 million  and  5 million  of  potentially  dilutive  securities  were  excluded  from  the 

computations of diluted net earnings per common share in 2011, 2010 and 2009, as they were anti-dilutive. 

8.  Receivables, Net 

(In millions) 
Customer accounts 
Other 

Total 
Allowances 

Net 

March 31, 

2011 
7,982 
1,341 
9,323 
(136) 
9,187 

  $ 

  $ 

2010 

7,256 
968 
8,224 
(149) 
8,075 

  $ 

  $ 

The allowances are primarily for estimated uncollectible accounts and sales returns to vendors. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

9.  Property, Plant and Equipment, Net  

(In millions) 
Land 
Building, machinery, equipment and other 
Total property, plant and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

  $ 

 $ 

2011 
70 
1,973 
2,043 
(1,052) 
991 

10.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2009 
Goodwill acquired 
Acquisition accounting and other adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance, March 31, 2010 
Goodwill acquired 
Acquisition accounting and other adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance, March 31, 2011 

Distribution 
Solutions 
1,869 
7 
(26) 
21 
1,871 
819 
(32) 
4 
2,662 

 $ 

  $ 

 $ 

Technology 
Solutions 
1,659 
4 
— 
34 
1,697 
8 
(13) 
10 
1,702 

$ 

$ 

$ 

March 31, 

  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2010 
50 
1,808 
1,858 
(1,007) 
851 

Total 
3,528 
11 
(26) 
55 
3,568 
827 
(45) 
14 
4,364 

Information regarding intangible assets is as follows: 

March 31, 2011 

March 31, 2010 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Amortization 
Period (years) 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 
(444) 
(11) 
(31) 
(170) 
(24) 
(680) 

1,057  $ 
723 
76 
204 
76 
2,136  $ 

7 
17 
14 
3 
9 

$ 

$ 

(In millions) 
Customer lists 
Service agreements 
Trademarks and trade names 
Technology 
Other 
Total 

Net  
Carrying  
Amount 
613 
$ 
712 
45 
34 
52 
1,456 

$ 

Gross  
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

  $ 

  $ 

832  $ 
— 
45 
190 
29 
1,096  $ 

(347) 
— 
(20) 
(156) 
(22) 
(545) 

Net  
Carrying 
Amount 
485 
— 
25 
34 
7 
551 

$ 

$ 

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $132 million, $121 million and $128 million for 2011, 2010 and 
2009.    Estimated  annual  amortization  expense  of  intangible  assets  is  as  follows:  $186 million,  $168 million, 
$154 million,  $136 million  and  $115 million  for  2012  through  2016,  and  $697 million  thereafter.    All  intangible 
assets were subject to amortization as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.   

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

11.  Debt and Financing Activities 

(In millions) 
7.75% Notes due February, 2012 
5.25% Notes due March, 2013 
6.50% Notes due February, 2014 
3.25% Notes due March, 2016 
5.70% Notes due March, 2017 
7.50% Notes due February, 2019 
4.75% Notes dues March, 2021 
7.65% Debentures due March, 2027 
6.00% Notes due March, 2041 
Other 
Total debt 
Less current portion 
Total long-term debt 

Senior Bridge Term Loan Facility 

2011 

399 
499 
350 
598 
499 
349 
598 
175 
493 
44 
4,004 
(417) 
3,587 

$ 

$ 

March 31, 

  $ 

  $ 

2010 
399 
499 
350 
— 
499 
349 
— 
175 
— 
25 
2,296 
(3) 
2,293 

In connection with our execution of an agreement to acquire US Oncology, in November 2010 we entered into a 
$2.0 billion unsecured Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement (“Bridge Loan”). In December 2010, we reduced the 
Bridge Loan commitment to $1.0 billion. On January 31, 2011, we borrowed $1.0 billion under the Bridge  Loan.  
On February 28, 2011, we repaid the funds obtained under the Bridge Loan with long-term debt, as further described 
below, and the Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement was terminated.  During the time it was outstanding, the Bridge 
Loan  bore interest of 1.76%, which  was based on the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a  margin based on the 
Company’s credit rating.  Bridge Loan fees of $25 million were included in interest expense. 

US Oncology Debt Acquired 

Upon  our  purchase  of  US  Oncology  in  December  2010,  we  assumed  the  outstanding  debt  of  US  Oncology 
Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  US  Oncology,  Inc.    Immediately  prior  to  our  acquisition,  US 
Oncology Holdings, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Toggle Notes 
due 2012 and US Oncology, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 
and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.  In the fourth quarter of 2011, we paid interest of $50 million and 
redeemed  these  notes,  including  the  remaining  accrued  interest  for  $1,738  million  using  cash  on  hand  and 
borrowings under our Bridge Loan. 

Long-Term Debt 

On  February  28,  2011,  we  issued  3.25%  notes  due  March  1,  2016  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
$600 million, 4.75% notes due March 1, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million and 6.00%  notes 
due March 1, 2041 in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million.  Interest is payable on March 1 and September 
1 of each year beginning on September 1, 2011.  We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of 
$1,673 million  from  the  issuance  of  these  notes  (each  note  constitutes  a  “Series”)  for  general  corporate  purposes, 
including the repayment of borrowings under the Bridge Loan. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On  February  12,  2009,  we  issued  6.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2014  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
$350 million and 7.50% notes due February 15, 2019 in an aggregate principal amount of $350 million.  Interest is 
payable  on  February  15  and  August  15  of  each  year.    We  utilized  net  proceeds,  after  discounts  and  offering 
expenses, of $693 million from the issuance of these notes (each note constitutes a “Series”) for general corporate 
purposes. 

Each Series constitutes an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Company and ranks equally with all 
of  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  unsecured  and  unsubordinated  indebtedness  outstanding  from  time-to-time.  
Each Series is governed by materially similar indentures and an officers’ certificate specifying certain terms of each 
Series. 

Upon 30 days notice to holders of a Series, we may redeem that Series at any time prior to maturity, in whole or 
in  part,  for  cash  at  redemption  prices  that  include  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and  a  make-whole  premium,  as 
specified in the indenture and officers’ certificate relating to that Series.  In the event of the occurrence of both (1) a 
change  of  control  of  the  Company  and  (2)  a  downgrade  of  a  Series  below  an  investment  grade  rating  by  each  of 
Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services within a specified period, an 
offer will be made to purchase that Series from the holders at a price in cash equal to 101% of the then outstanding 
principal amount of that Series, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase.  The 
indenture and the related officers’ certificate for each Series, subject to the exceptions and in compliance  with the 
conditions  as  applicable,  specify  that  we  may  not  incur  liens,  enter  into  sale  and  leaseback  transactions  or 
consolidate,  merge or sell all  or substantially all of our assets.  The indentures also contain customary events and 
default provisions. 

In March 2010, we repaid our $215 million 9.13% Series C Senior Notes which had matured.   

Scheduled  future  principal  payments  of  long-term  debt  are  $417  million  in  2012,  $509  million  in  2013, 

$352 million in 2014, $2 million in 2015, $604 million in 2016 and $2.1 billion thereafter. 

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In  May  2010,  we  renewed  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  (the  “Facility”)  for  an  additional  one  year 
period under terms substantially similar to those previously in place, and in doing so, we increased our committed 
balance from $1.1 billion to $1.35 billion.  From time-to-time, the available amount of the Facility may be less than 
$1.35  billion  based  on  accounts  receivable  concentration  limits  and  other  eligibility  requirements.    The  renewed 
Facility will expire in May 2011.  We anticipate renewing this facility before its expiration. 

Through the Facility, McKesson Corporation, the parent company, transfers certain U.S. pharmaceutical trade 
accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis to a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, which then sells these 
receivables  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote  subsidiary  of 
McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements.  This SPE then sells undivided interests in 
the pool of accounts receivable to third-party purchaser  groups (the  “Purchaser Groups”),  which include  financial 
institutions and commercial paper conduits. 

Interests  in  the  pool  of  accounts  receivable  that  are  sold  to  the  Purchaser  Groups  and  accounts  receivable 
retained by the Company are carried at face  value,  which, due to the short-term nature of our accounts receivable 
and terms of the Facility, approximates fair value.  McKesson receives cash in the amount of the face value for the 
undivided  interests  sold.    No  gain  or  loss  is  recorded  upon  the  utilization  of  the  facility  as  fee  charges  from  the 
Purchaser Groups are based upon a floating yield rate and the period the undivided interests remain outstanding.  

79 

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Facility contains requirements relating to the performance of the accounts receivable and covenants relating 
to  the  SPE  and  the  Company.    If  we  do  not  comply  with  these  covenants,  our  ability  to  use  the  Facility  may  be 
suspended and repayment of any outstanding balances under the Facility may be required. At March 31, 2011, we 
were in compliance with all covenants. Should we default under the Facility, the Purchaser Groups are entitled to 
receive only collections on the accounts receivable owned by the SPE. 

Prior to 2011, transactions in the Facility were accounted for as sales because we met the requirements of the 
existing  accounting  guidance,  including  relinquishing  control  of  the  accounts  receivable.    Accordingly,  accounts 
receivable  sold  would  have  been  excluded  from  accounts  receivable,  net  in  the  accompanying  March  31,  2010 
consolidated  balance  sheet  had  any  balances  been  outstanding  in  the  Facility  at  that  date.  On  April  1,  2010,  we 
adopted amended accounting  guidance  for transfers of  financial assets.  Transactions under the Facility  no longer 
meet  the  requirements  for  sale  as  defined  in  the  amended  accounting  guidance  primarily  because  the  Company’s 
retained interest in the pool of accounts receivable is subordinated to the Purchaser Groups to the extent there is any 
outstanding balance in the Facility. Consequently, the related accounts receivable would continue to be recognized 
on our consolidated balance sheets and proceeds from the Purchaser Groups would be shown as secured borrowings.  
Commencing  in  2011,  fee  charges  from  the  Purchaser  Groups  are  recorded  in  interest  expense  within  the 
consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Prior  to  2011,  these  fee  charges  were  recorded  in  Corporate  administrative 
expenses.    Additionally,  any  proceeds  from  these  accounts  receivable  transactions  would  be  reflected  in  the 
financing section within the statements of cash flows. 

We continue servicing the accounts receivable sold.  No servicing asset is recorded at the time of utilization of 
the facility because we do not receive any servicing fees from third parties or other income related to servicing the 
receivable.    We  do  not  record  any  servicing  liability  at  the  time  of  the  utilization  of  the  facility  as  the  accounts 
receivable collection period is relatively short and the costs of servicing the accounts receivable over the servicing 
period are insignificant.  Servicing costs are recognized as incurred over the servicing period.  

Information  regarding  receivables  subject  to  borrowings  as  of  March  31,  2011  or  our  outstanding  balances 
related  to  our  interests  in  accounts  receivable  sold  or  qualifying  receivables  retained  as  of  March  31,  2010  is  as 
follows: 

(In millions) 
Receivables subject to borrowings or sold  
Receivables retained, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 

$ 

2011 

— 
N/A 

March 31, 

  $ 

2010 

— 
4,887 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our interests in accounts receivable sold: 

(In millions) 
Proceeds from accounts receivable sales 
Fees and charges 

(1)  

$ 

2011 

N/A 
9 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
11 

2009 

5,780 
10 

(1)  Recorded in interest expense in 2011 and operating expenses in 2010 and 2009 in the consolidated statements of operations. 

The delinquency ratio for the qualifying receivables represented less than 1% of the total qualifying receivables 

as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.   

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Revolving Credit Facility 

We  have  a  syndicated  $1.3 billion  five-year  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  expires  in  June 
2012.    Borrowings  under  this  credit  facility  bear  interest  based  upon  either  a  Prime  rate  or  the  London  Interbank 
Offered  Rate.    There  were  no  borrowings  under  this  facility  in  2011  or  2010  and  $279 million  for  2009.    As  of 
March 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. 

Commercial Paper 

There were no commercial paper issuances during 2011 and 2010 and no amount outstanding at March 31, 2011 

and 2010.  We issued and repaid $3.3 billion of commercial paper in 2009. 

Debt Covenants 

Our  various  borrowing  facilities  and  long-term  debt  are  subject  to  certain  covenants.    Our  principal  debt 
covenant is our debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we 
exceed  this  ratio,  repayment  of  debt  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  could  be  accelerated.    As  of 
March 31, 2011, this ratio was 35.7% and we were in compliance with our other financial covenants. 

12.  Pension Benefits 

We  maintain  a  number  of  qualified  and  nonqualified  defined  pension  benefit  plans  and  defined  contribution 

plans for eligible employees. 

Defined Pension Benefit Plans 

Eligible U.S. employees who were employed by the Company prior to December 31, 1996 are covered under 
the Company-sponsored defined benefit retirement plan.  In 1997, we amended this plan to freeze all plan benefits 
based on each employee’s plan compensation and creditable service accrued to that date.  The Company has made 
no annual contributions since this plan was frozen.  The benefits for this defined benefit retirement plan are based 
primarily on age of employees at date of retirement, years of service and employees’ pay during the five years prior 
to retirement.  We also have defined benefit pension plans for eligible Canadian and United Kingdom employees as 
well  as  an  unfunded  nonqualified  supplemental  defined  benefit  plan  for  certain  U.S.  executives.    Defined  benefit 
plan assets and obligations are measured as of the Company’s fiscal year-end. 

The net periodic expense for our pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on assets 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss, prior 
service costs and net transitional obligation 

Settlement charges and other 
Net periodic pension expense 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

$ 

$ 

6 
31 
(29) 

28 
— 
36 

  $ 

  $ 

4 
35 
(24) 

25 
— 
40 

  $ 

  $ 

6 
33 
(39) 

10 
1 
11 

The  projected  unit  credit  method  is  utilized  in  measuring  net  periodic  pension  expense  over  the  employees’ 
service life for the U.S. pension plans.  Unrecognized actuarial losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected 
benefit obligation or the market value of assets are amortized straight-line over the average remaining future service 
periods. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for our pension plans is as follows:  

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligations 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Benefit payments 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Benefit obligation at end of period 

(1) 

Change in plan assets 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer and participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period 

Funded status at end of period 

(2) 

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet 
Noncurrent assets 
Current liabilities 
Noncurrent liabilities 

Total 

Years Ended March 31,  

2011 

2010 

593 
6 
31 
21 
(32) 
6 
625 

391 
40 
11 
(32) 
6 
416 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

456 
4 
35 
132 
(38) 
4 
593 

309 
97 
18 
(38) 
5 
391 

(209) 

  $ 

(202) 

4 
(4) 
(209) 
(209) 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
(4) 
(198) 
(202) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1)  The benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation. 
(2)  The unfunded status of our plans at March 31, 2011 and 2010 was primarily due to the unfavorable effect from the reduction 

in discount rates. 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligations  for  our  pension  plans  were  $622  million  at  March  31,  2011  and 
$574 million at March 31, 2010. The following table provides the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit 
obligation and fair value of plan assets for all our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of 
plan assets. 

(In millions) 
Projected benefit obligation 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

March 31, 

  $ 

$ 

2011 
533 
529 
319 

2010 
503 
499 
307 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:  

(In millions) 
Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost 
Net transition obligation 
Total 

March 31, 

2011 
239 
2 
1 
242 

  $ 

  $ 

2010 
253 
4 
1 
258 

$ 

$ 

Other  changes  in  plan  assets  and  benefit  obligations  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  loss  (income)  during 

the reporting periods were as follows:  

(In millions) 
Net actuarial loss 
Prior service credit 
Amortization of:  

Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost 

$ 

2011 
10 
— 

(26) 
(2) 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
59 
(2) 

$ 

$ 

(23) 
(2) 

2009 
121 
— 

(10) 
(2) 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 
comprehensive loss (income) 

$ 

(18) 

$ 

32 

$ 

109 

We expect to amortize $2 million of prior service cost and $25 million of actuarial loss  for the pension plans 
from stockholders’ equity to pension expense in 2012.  Comparable 2011 amounts were $2 million and $26 million. 

Projected  benefit  obligations  relating  to  our  unfunded  U.S.  plans  were  $154 million  and  $137 million  at 
March 31, 2011 and 2010.  Pension obligations for our unfunded plans are funded based on the recommendations of 
independent actuaries. 

Expected  benefit  payments  for  our  pension  plans  are  as  follows:  $38 million,  $42 million,  $34 million, 
$136 million and $36 million for 2012 to 2016 and $194 million for 2017 through 2021.  Expected benefit payments 
are based on the same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligations and include estimated future employee 
service.  Expected contributions to be made for our pension plans are $16 million for 2012. 

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the net periodic pension expense and the actuarial present value 

of benefit obligations were as follows: 

Net periodic pension expense 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 
Benefit obligation 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 

Years Ended March 31, 

2011 

5.30% 
3.75 
7.79 

4.99% 
3.74 

2010 

7.68% 
3.62 
7.90 

5.33% 
3.75 

2009 

5.34% 
3.93 
7.75 

7.74% 
3.93 

Our  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  plan  liabilities  are  valued  using  a  discount  rate  based  on  a  yield  curve 
developed from a portfolio of high quality corporate bonds rated AA or better whose maturities are aligned with the 
expected benefit payments of our plans.  For March 31, 2011, we used a weighted average discount rate of 4.88%, 
which represents a decrease of 41 basis points from our 2010 weighted-average discount rate of 5.29%. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Sensitivity to changes in the weighted-average discount rate for our U.S. pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Increase (decrease) on projected benefit obligation 
Increase (decrease) on net periodic pension cost 

One Percentage Point 
Increase  
(36) 
(2) 

$ 

One Percentage Point 
Decrease  
42 
3 

  $ 

Plan Assets  

Investment  Strategy:  The  overall  objective  for  McKesson’s  pension  plan  assets  is  to  generate  long-term 
investment  returns  consistent  with  capital  preservation  and  prudent  investment  practices,  with  a  diversification  of 
asset types and investment strategies.  Periodic adjustments are made to provide liquidity for benefit payments and 
to rebalance plan assets to their target allocations. 

The target allocations for plan assets at March 31, 2011 are 61% equity securities, 32% fixed income securities 
and 7% to all other types of investments including cash and cash equivalents.  The target allocations for plan assets 
at March 31, 2010 were 59% equity securities, 33% fixed income securities and 8% to all other types of investments 
including  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Equity  securities  include  primarily  exchange-traded  common  stock  and 
preferred  stock  of  companies  from  diverse  industries.    Fixed  income  securities  include  corporate  bonds  of 
companies  from  diverse industries, government securities,  mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and 
other.    Other  investments  include  real  estate  funds,  hedge  funds  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Portions  of  the 
equity, fixed income and cash and cash equivalent investments are held in commingled funds. 

We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumption based on the historical experience of our portfolio 
and review of projected performance by asset class of broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices.  Our 
target asset allocation was determined based on the risk tolerance characteristics of the plans and at times may be 
adjusted to achieve our overall investment objectives. 

Fair Value Measurements:  The following tables represent  our pension  plan assets  as of March 31, 2011  and 
2010, using the fair value hierarchy by asset class. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability 
of  the  inputs  used  to  determine  fair  value.    Level  1  refers  to  fair  values  determined  based  on  unadjusted  quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using significant other observable 
inputs and Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant unobservable inputs.  

(In millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Common and preferred stock 
Equity commingled funds 

Fixed income securities: 
Government securities 
Corporate bonds 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Asset-backed securities and other 
Fixed income commingled funds 

Other: 

Real estate funds 
Hedge funds 
Total  
Receivables
 (1) 
Payables 
Total  

 (1) 

(1)  Represents pending trades at March 31, 2011. 

March 31, 2011 

Level 1 
14 

$ 

$ 

Level 2 
31 

Level 3 
— 

$ 

$ 

Total 
45 

1 
144 

20 
26 
28 
19 
34 

— 
— 
303 

  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

5 
5 
10 

$ 

105 
144 

20 
26 
28 
19 
34 

5 
5 
431 
19 
(34) 
416 

$ 

$ 

104 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
118 

$ 

84 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

March 31, 2010 

Level 1 
10 

$ 

$ 

Level 2 
17 

Level 3 
— 

$ 

$ 

Total 
27 

104 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
114 

$ 

1 
126 

23 
41 
17 
15 
22 

— 
— 
262 

  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 
1 
1 
  — 

19 
5 
26 

$ 

$ 

105 
126 

23 
41 
18 
16 
22 

19 
5 
402 
6 
(17) 
391 

$ 

$ 

(In millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity securities: 

Common and preferred stock 
Equity commingled funds 

Fixed income securities: 
Government securities 
Corporate bonds 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Asset-backed securities and other 
Fixed income commingled funds 

Other: 

Real estate funds 
Hedge funds 

Total  
Receivables
 (1) 
Payables 
Total  

 (1) 

(1)  Represents pending trades at March 31, 2010.   

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  –  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  consist  of  short-term  investment  funds  that  maintain 
daily  liquidity  and  have  a  constant  unit  value  of  $1.00.  The  funds  invest  in  short-term  domestic  fixed  income 
securities and other securities with debt-like characteristics emphasizing short-term maturities and quality. Cash and 
cash  equivalents  are  generally  classified  as  Level  1  investments.    Some  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  held  in 
commingled funds, which have a daily net value derived from quoted prices for the underlying securities in active 
markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Common and preferred stock – This investment class consists of common and preferred shares issued by U.S. 
and non-U.S. corporations. Common shares are traded actively on exchanges and price quotes are readily available.  
Preferred shares are not actively traded.  Holdings of common shares are generally classified as Level 1 investments.  
Preferred shares are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Equity  commingled  funds  –  Some  equity  securities  consisting  of  common  and  preferred  stock  are  held  in 
commingled  funds,  which  have  daily  net  asset  values  derived  from  quoted  prices  for  the  underlying  securities  in 
active markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Government securities – This investment class consists of bonds and debentures issued by central governments 
or  federal  agencies.  Multiple  prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever  possible,  which 
enables cross-provider validations.  We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including 
the  nature  and  observability  of  the  inputs  used  in  deriving  such  prices.    These  securities  are  classified  as  Level  2 
investments. 

Corporate  bonds  –  This  investment  class  consists  of  bonds  and  debentures  issued  by  corporations.    Multiple 
prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever  possible,  which  enables  cross-provider 
validations.    We  have  obtained  an  understanding  of  how  these  prices  are  derived,  including  the  nature  and 
observability  of  the  inputs  used  in  deriving  such  prices.    When  inputs  are  observable,  securities  are  classified  as 
Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Mortgage-backed  securities  –  This  investment  class  consists  of  debt  obligations  secured  by  a  mortgage  or 
collection  of  mortgages.    Multiple  prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever  possible, 
which  enables  cross-provider  validations.    We  have  obtained  an  understanding  of  how  these  prices  are  derived, 
including  the  nature  and  observability  of  the  inputs  used  in  deriving  such  prices.    When  inputs  are  observable, 
securities are classified as Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments. 

Asset-backed securities and other – This investment class consists of debt obligations secured by non-mortgage-
backed  assets  or  pools  of  assets.    Multiple  prices  and  price  types  are  obtained  from  pricing  vendors  whenever 
possible,  which  enables  cross-provider  validations.    We  have  obtained  an  understanding  of  how  these  prices  are 
derived,  including  the  nature  and  observability  of  the  inputs  used  in  deriving  such  prices.    When  inputs  are 
observable,  securities  are  classified  as  Level  2  investments;  otherwise,  securities  are  classified  as  Level  3 
investments. 

Fixed income commingled funds – Some of the fixed income securities are held in commingled  funds, which 

have daily net asset values derived from the underlying securities; these are classified as Level 2 investments.   

Real  estate  funds  –  The  value  of  the  real  estate  funds  is  reported  by  the  fund  manager  and  is  based  on  a 
valuation  of  the  underlying  properties.   Inputs  used  in  the  valuation  include  items  such  as  cost,  discounted  future 
cash flows, independent appraisals and market based comparable data.  The real estate funds are classified as Level 
3 investments. 

Hedge funds – The hedge funds are invested in fund-of-fund structures and consist of multiple investments in 
interest and currency funds designed to hedge the risk of rate fluctuations.  Given the complex nature of valuation 
and the broad spectrums of investments, the hedge funds are classified as Level 3 investments. 

The  following  table  represents  a  reconciliation  of  Level  3  plan  assets  held  during  the  years  ended 

March 31, 2010 and 2011: 

(In millions) 
Balance at March 31, 2009 
Unrealized (loss) on plan assets still held 
Balance at March 31, 2010 
Purchases, sales and settlements 
Transfer in and/or out of Level 3 
Balance at March 31, 2011 

$ 

Real Estate 
Funds 
25 
(6) 
19 
(14) 
— 
5 

$ 

$ 

Hedge Funds 

$ 

$ 

5 
  — 
5 
— 
— 
5 

$ 

$ 

Other 
2 
  — 
2 
  — 
(2) 
$  — 

$ 

Total 
32 
(6) 
26 
(14) 
(2) 
10 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Concentration of Credit Risk:  We evaluated our pension plans’ asset portfolios for the existence of significant 
concentrations of credit risk as of March 31, 2011.  Types of concentrations that were evaluated include investment 
funds that represented 10% or more of the pension plans’ net assets.  As of March 31, 2011, 11% of our plan assets 
is comprised of Bartram International Fund, which holds only actively traded stock. 

Other Defined Benefit Plans 

Under  various  U.S.  bargaining  unit  labor  contracts,  we  make  payments  into  multi-employer  pension  plans 
established for union employees.  We are liable for a proportionate part of the plans’ unfunded vested benefit upon 
our withdrawal from the plan; however, information regarding the relative position of each employer with respect to 
the  actuarial  present  value  of  accumulated  benefits  and  net  assets  available  for  benefits  is  not  available.  
Contributions to the plans and  amounts accrued  were  not  material  for the  years ended  March 31, 2011,  2010 and 
2009. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Defined Contribution Plans 

We have a contributory profit sharing investment plan (“PSIP”) for U.S. employees not covered by collective 
bargaining arrangements.  Effective January 1, 2011, eligible employees may contribute to the PSIP up to 75% of 
their  monthly  eligible  compensation  for  pre-tax  contributions  and  up  to  75%  of  compensation  for  catch-up 
contributions not to exceed IRS limits.  The Company makes matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of 
the employee’s first 3% of pay contributed and 50% for the next 2% of pay contributed.  The Company also may 
make an additional annual  matching contribution  for each  plan  year to enable participants to receive a  full  match 
based on their annual contribution. 

The Company’s leveraged employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) had purchased an aggregate of 24 million 
shares of the Company’s common stock since its inception.  These purchases were financed by 10 to 20 year loans 
from  or  guaranteed  by  us.    At  March  31,  2011  and  2010,  there  were  no  outstanding  ESOP  loans  nor  the  related 
receivables  from  the  ESOP  as  the  ESOP  fully  repaid  the  loans  during  2010.  The  loans  were  repaid  by  the  ESOP 
from  interest  earnings  on  cash  balances  and  common  dividends  on  unallocated  shares  and  Company  cash 
contributions.    The  ESOP  loan  maturities  and  rates  were  identical  to  the  terms  of  related  Company  borrowings.  
Stock was made available from the ESOP based on debt service payments on ESOP borrowings.  In 2011 and 2009, 
the Company  made contributions primarily in cash or  with the issuance of treasury  shares.  In the first quarter of 
2011,  all  of  the  24 million  common  shares  had  been  allocated  to  plan  participants.    As  a  result,  future  PSIP 
contributions will be funded with cash or treasury shares. 

The McKesson Corporation PSIP was a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation 
Action.  On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement funds.  On October 
9, 2009, the PSIP received approximately $119 million of the Consolidated Securities  Litigation  Action proceeds.  
Approximately  $42 million  of  the  proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  allocated  shares  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP participants during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and were 
allocated to the respective participants on that basis in the third quarter of 2010.  Approximately $77 million of the 
proceeds  were  attributable  to  the  unallocated  shares  (the  “Unallocated  Proceeds”)  of  McKesson  common  stock 
owned by the PSIP in an ESOP suspense account.  In accordance with the plan terms, the PSIP distributed all of the 
Unallocated Proceeds to current PSIP participants after the close of the plan year in April 2010.  The receipt of the 
Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP was reimbursement for the loss in value of the Company’s common stock held by 
the  PSIP  in  its  ESOP  suspense  account  during  the  Consolidated  Securities  Litigation  Action  class-holding  period 
and  was  not  a  contribution  made  by  the  Company  to  the  PSIP  or  ESOP.    Accordingly,  there  were  no  accounting 
consequences to the Company’s financial statements relating to the receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP. 

As a result of the PSIP’s receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds, in 2010 the Company contributed $1 million to 
the PSIP.  Accordingly, the PSIP expense for 2010 was nominal.  In 2011, the Company resumed its contributions to 
the PSIP. 

PSIP expense by segment for the last three years was as follows: 

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions
Corporate 

PSIP expense 

(1) 

Cost of sales 
Operating expenses 
PSIP expense 

2011 

23 
32 
4 
59 

17 
42 
59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
— 
1 
— 
1 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
1 
1 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

23 
28 
2 
53 

12 
41 
53 

(1)  Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our McKesson Technology Solutions segment. 

87 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

13.  Postretirement Benefits  

We  maintain  a  number  of  postretirement  benefits,  primarily  consisting  of  healthcare  and  life  insurance 
(“welfare”)  benefits,  for  certain  eligible  U.S.  employees.    Eligible  employees  consist  of  those  who  retired  before 
March  31,  1999  and  those  who  retired  after  March  31,  1999,  but  were  an  active  employee  as  of  that  date,  after 
meeting  other  age-related  criteria.    We  also  provide  postretirement  benefits  for  certain  U.S.  executives.    Defined 
benefit plan obligations are measured as of the Company’s fiscal year-end. 

The net periodic expense (income) for our postretirement welfare benefits is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss (gain) and 

prior service costs 

Net periodic postretirement expense (income) 

$ 

$ 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

1 
8 

(4) 
5 

  $ 

  $ 

1 
9 

(25) 
(15) 

  $ 

  $ 

1 
10 

(14) 
(3) 

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations for our postretirement welfare plans is as follows:  

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligations 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Benefit payments 

Benefit obligation at end of period 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 
2011 

  $ 

  $ 

154 
1 
8 
2 
(13) 
152 

  $ 

  $ 

133 
1 
9 
26 
(15) 
154 

The  components  of  the  amount  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  for  the  Company’s 
other postretirement benefits at March 31, 2011 and 2010 were net actuarial loss of $5 million and net actuarial gain 
of  $1 million  and  net  prior  service  credits  of  $2 million  and  $2 million.    Other  changes  in  benefit  obligations 
recognized in other comprehensive income were net actuarial losses of $6 million for 2011 and $51 million for 2010 
and net actuarial gain of $12 million for 2009. 

We estimate that the amortization of the actuarial loss from stockholders’ equity to other postretirement expense 

in 2012 will be $1 million ($4 million of actuarial gain in 2011). 

Other postretirement benefits are funded as claims are paid.  Expected benefit payments for our postretirement 
welfare benefit plans, net of expected Medicare subsidy receipts of $1 million annually, are as follows: $12 million 
annually  for  2012  to  2016  and  $56 million  cumulatively  for  2017  through  2021.    Expected  benefit  payments  are 
based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  to  measure  the  benefit  obligations  and  include  estimated  future  employee 
service.  Expected contributions to be made for our postretirement welfare benefit plans are $14 million for 2012. 

Weighted-average discount rates used to estimate postretirement welfare benefit expenses were 5.33%, 7.86% 
and  6.19%  for  2011,  2010  and  2009.    Weighted-average  discount  rates  for  the  actuarial  present  value  of  benefit 
obligations were 5.09%, 5.33% and 7.86% for 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Actuarial gain or loss for the postretirement welfare benefit plan is amortized to income or expense over a three-
year  period.    The  assumed  healthcare  cost  trends  used  in  measuring  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit 
obligation were 8.5% and 8.5% for prescription drugs, 7.5% and 7.5% for medical and 5.8% and 6% for dental in 
2011 and 2010.  For 2011, 2010 and 2009, a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the assumed healthcare 
cost trend rate would not have a material impact on the postretirement benefit obligations. 

14.  Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities 

At  March  31,  2011  and  2010,  the  carrying  amounts  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  marketable 
securities,  receivables,  drafts  and  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities  approximated  their  estimated  fair 
values  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these  financial  instruments.    All  highly  liquid  debt  instruments  purchased 
with original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents.  
Included  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  at  March  31,  2011  and  2010,  are  money  market  fund  investments  of 
$1.7 billion and $2.3 billion, which are reported at fair value.  The fair value of these investments was determined by 
using quoted prices for identical investments in active markets, which are considered to be Level 1 inputs under the 
fair value measurements and disclosures guidance.  The carrying value of all other cash equivalents approximates 
fair value due to their relatively short-term nature. 

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of our long-term debt and other  financing  was $4.0 billion and 
$4.3 billion at March 31, 2011 and $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion at March 31, 2010.  The estimated fair value of our 
long-term debt and other financing was determined using quoted market prices and other inputs that  were derived 
from available market information and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or 
that will be realized in the future. 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations.  We 
limit these risks through the use of derivatives such as interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.  
In accordance with our policy, derivatives are only used for hedging purposes.  We do not use derivatives for trading 
or  speculative  purposes.    The  volume  of  activity  related  to  derivative  financial  instruments  was  not  material  for 
2011, 2010 and 2009. 

15.  Lease Obligations 

We lease facilities and equipment almost solely under operating leases.  In connection with our acquisition of 
US Oncology, we assumed noncancellable operating lease obligations of office space and equipment.  At March 31, 
2011, future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable 
lease terms in excess of one year for years ending March 31 are: 

Noncancellable 
Operating 
Leases 
178 
143 
115 
94 
73 
241 
844 

  $ 

  $ 

 (In millions) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  was  $157 million,  $154 million  and  $146 million  in  2011,  2010  and 
2009.    We  recognize  rent  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  taking  into  account,  when 
applicable, lessor incentives for tenant improvements, periods where no rent payment is required and escalations in 
rent payments over the term of the lease.  Deferred rent is recognized for the difference between the rent expense 
recognized on a straight-line basis and the payments made per the terms of the lease.  Remaining terms for facilities 
leases generally range from one to seven years, while remaining terms for equipment leases range from one to three 
years.    Most  real  property  leases  contain  renewal  options  (generally  for  five-year  increments)  and  provisions 
requiring us to pay property taxes and operating expenses in excess of base period amounts.  Sublease rental income 
was not material for any period presented. 

16.  Financial Guarantees and Warranties 

Financial Guarantees 

We  have  agreements  with  certain  of  our  Canadian  customers’  financial  institutions  under  which  we  have 
guaranteed  the  repurchase  of  our  customers’  inventory  or  our  customers’  debt  in  the  event  these  customers  are 
unable  to  meet  their  obligations  to  those  financial  institutions.    For  our  inventory  repurchase  agreement,  among 
other  requirements,  inventories  must  be  in  resalable  condition  and  any  repurchase  would  be  at  a  discount.    The 
inventory repurchase agreements mostly range from one to two years.  Customers’ debt guarantees range from one 
to  five  years  and  were  primarily  provided  to  facilitate  financing  for  certain  customers.  The  majority  of  our 
customers’  debt  guarantees  are  secured  by  certain  assets  of  the  customer.    We  also  have  an  agreement  with  one 
software  customer  that,  under  limited  circumstances,  may  require  us  to  secure  standby  financing.    Because  the 
amount of the standby financing is not explicitly stated, the overall amount of this guarantee cannot reasonably be 
estimated.    At  March  31,  2011,  the  maximum  amounts  of  inventory  repurchase  guarantees  and  customers’  debt 
guarantees were $138 million and $38 million, none of which had been accrued. 

The expirations of the above noted financial guarantees are as follows: $119 million, $21 million, $3 million, $4 

and $1 million from 2012 through 2016 and $28 million thereafter. 

In addition, at March 31, 2011, our banks and insurance companies have issued $128 million of standby letters 
of credit and surety bonds, which were issued on our behalf mostly related to our customer contracts and in order to 
meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary obligations and our workers’ 
compensation and automotive liability programs. 

Our  software  license  agreements  generally  include  certain  provisions  for  indemnifying  customers  against 
liabilities if our software products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.  To date, we have not incurred 
any material costs as a result of such indemnification agreements and have not accrued any liabilities related to such 
obligations. 

In  conjunction  with  certain  transactions,  primarily  divestitures,  we  may  provide  routine  indemnification 
agreements (such as retention of previously existing environmental, tax and employee liabilities) whose terms vary 
in  duration  and  often  are  not  explicitly  defined.    Where  appropriate,  obligations  for  such  indemnifications  are 
recorded as liabilities.  Because the amounts of these indemnification obligations often are not explicitly stated, the 
overall maximum amount of these commitments cannot be reasonably estimated.  Other than obligations recorded as 
liabilities  at  the  time  of  divestiture,  we  have  historically  not  made  significant  payments  as  a  result  of  these 
indemnification provisions. 

90 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Warranties 

In the normal course of business, we provide certain warranties and indemnification protection for our products 
and  services.    For  example,  we  provide  warranties  that  the  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  products  we 
distribute are in compliance with the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other applicable laws and regulations.  We 
have received the same warranties from our suppliers, which customarily are the manufacturers of the products.  In 
addition, we have indemnity obligations to our customers for these products, which have also been provided to us 
from our suppliers, either through express agreement or by operation of law. 

We  also  provide  warranties  regarding  the  performance  of  software  and  automation  products  we  sell.    Our 
liability under these warranties is to bring the product into compliance with previously agreed upon specifications.  
For software products, this may result in additional project costs, which are reflected in our estimates used for the 
percentage-of-completion  method  of  accounting  for  software  installation  services  within  these  contracts.    In 
addition,  most  of  our  customers  who  purchase  our  software  and  automation  products  also  purchase  annual 
maintenance agreements.  Revenues from these maintenance agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the  contract  period  and  the  cost  of  servicing  product  warranties  is  charged  to  expense  when  claims  become 
estimable.  Accrued warranty costs were not material to the consolidated balance sheets. 

17.  Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities   

In  addition  to  commitments  and  obligations  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  various 
claims,  other  pending  and  potential  legal  actions  for  damages,  investigations  relating  to  governmental  laws  and 
regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business.  As described below, many of these 
proceedings are at preliminary stages and many seek an indeterminate amount of damages. 

When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best 
estimate  for  the  ultimate  loss.  However,  the  likelihood  of  a  loss  with  respect  to  a  particular  contingency  is  often 
difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based 
on  the  information  available  and  the  potential  effect  of  future  events  and  decisions  by  third  parties  that  will 
determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved 
over  many  years,  during  which  time  relevant  developments  and  new  information  must  be  reevaluated  at  least 
quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range 
of possible loss.  When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is 
provided.   

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably 
possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision.  We review all contingencies at least quarterly 
to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or 
range of loss can be made. As discussed above, development of a meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential 
loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as 
regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible 
to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low estimates. 

We  are  party  to  the  legal  proceedings  described  below.    Unless  otherwise  stated,  we  are  currently  unable  to 
estimate a range of reasonably possible losses for the unresolved proceedings described below.  Should any one or a 
combination  of  more  than  one  of  these  proceedings  be  successful,  or  should  we  determine  to  settle  any  or  a 
combination  of  these  matters,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  substantial  sums,  become  subject  to  the  entry  of  an 
injunction or be forced to change the manner in which we operate our business, which could have a material adverse 
impact on our financial position or results of operations. 

91 

 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

I. Average Wholesale Price Litigation 

The  following  matters  involve  a  drug  reimbursement  benchmark  referred  to  as  the  “AWP”  utilized  by  some 
public  and  private  payers  to  calculate  at  least  some  portion  of  the  amount  a  pharmacy  will  be  reimbursed  for 
dispensing a covered prescription drug. 

A.  In re McKesson Governmental Entities Average Wholesale Price Litigation 

Commencing  in  May  of  2008,  a  series  of  complaints  were  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the 
District  of  Massachusetts  by  various  public  payers  —  governmental  entities  that  paid  any  portion  of  the  price  of 
certain prescription drugs  —  alleging that in late 2001 the Company and First DataBank, Inc. (“FDB”), a publisher 
of  pharmaceutical  pricing  information,  conspired  to  improperly  raise  the  published  AWP  for  certain  prescription 
drugs,  and  that  this  alleged  conduct  resulted  in  higher  drug  reimbursement  payments  by  plaintiffs  and  others 
similarly  situated.   These  actions  were  all  consolidated  under  the  caption  In  re  McKesson  Governmental  Entities 
Average Wholesale Price Litigation. A description of these actions is as follows: 

 The San Francisco Action 

On May 20, 2008, an action was filed by the San Francisco Health Plan on behalf of itself and a purported class 
of political subdivisions in the State of California and by the San Francisco City Attorney on behalf of the “People 
of the State of California“ in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company 
as  the  sole  defendant,  alleging  violations  of  the  federal  Racketeer  Influenced  and  Corrupt  Organizations  Act 
(“RICO,”) 18 U.S.C. § 1962(c), the California  Cartwright  Act,  California's False Claims  Act, California Business 
and Professions Code §§ 17200 and 17500 and seeking damages, treble damages, civil penalties, restitution, interest 
and attorneys' fees, all in unspecified amounts, San Francisco Health Plan, et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil 
Action No. 1:08-CV-10843-PBS) (“San Francisco Action”). On July 3, 2008, an amended complaint was filed in the 
San Francisco Action adding  a claim for tortious interference. On January 13, 2009, a second amended complaint 
was filed in the San Francisco Action that abandoned all previously alleged antitrust claims. 

The Connecticut Action 

On  May 28,  2008,  an  action  was  filed  by  the  State  of  Connecticut  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the 
District of Massachusetts against the Company, again as the sole defendant, alleging violations of civil RICO, the 
Sherman  Act  and  the  Connecticut  Unfair  Trade  Practices  Act  and  seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  restitution, 
interest and attorneys' fees, all in unspecified amounts, State of Connecticut v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action 
No. 1:08-CV-10900-PBS)  (“Connecticut  Action”).  On  January 13,  2009,  an  amended  complaint  was  filed  in  the 
Connecticut Action abandoning all previously alleged antitrust claims. 

On October 15, 2010, the Company executed an agreement to settle the Connecticut Action for $26 million. The 
settlement, which was not subject to court approval, includes an express denial of liability and a release by the State 
of Connecticut of the Company as to all matters alleged or which could have been alleged in the action. As a result, 
during the second quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a $24 million pre-tax charge.  On November 8, 2010, the 
Court entered a Notice of Dismissal with prejudice in the Connecticut Action pursuant to the October 15 settlement 
agreement.  The Connecticut Action has thus concluded. 

The Douglas County, Kansas Nationwide Class Action 

On August 7, 2008, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by 
the Board of County Commissioners of Douglas County, Kansas on behalf of itself and a purported national class of 
state, local and territorial governmental entities against the Company and FDB alleging violations of civil RICO and 
federal antitrust laws and seeking damages and treble damages, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees 
and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  Douglas  County,  Kansas  v. 
McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-11349-PBS) (“Douglas County, Kansas Action”). 

92 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Separate  class  actions  based  on  essentially  the  same  factual  allegations  were  subsequently  filed  against  the 
Company and FDB in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by the City of Panama City, 
Florida on August 18, 2008 (“Florida Action”), the State of Oklahoma on October 15, 2008 (“Oklahoma Action”), 
the County of Anoka, Minnesota on November 3, 2008 (“Minnesota Action”), Baltimore, Maryland on November 7, 
2008  (“Maryland  Action”),  Columbia,  South  Carolina  on  December 12,  2008  (“South  Carolina  Action”)  and 
Goldsboro,  North  Carolina  on  December 15,  2008  (“North  Carolina  Action”)  in  each  case  on  behalf  of  the  filing 
entity and a class of state and local governmental entities within the same state, alleging violations of civil RICO, 
federal  and  state  antitrust  laws  and  various  state  consumer  protection  and  deceptive  and  unfair  trade  practices 
statutes and seeking damages and treble damages, civil penalties, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees 
and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts. 

On December 24, 2008, an amended and consolidated class action complaint was filed in the Douglas County, 
Kansas  Action.  The  amended  complaint  added  the  named  plaintiffs  from  the  Florida,  Oklahoma,  Minnesota, 
Maryland,  South  Carolina  and  North  Carolina  Actions  and  abandoned  the  previously  alleged  antitrust  claims.  On 
January 9,  2009,  the  Florida,  Oklahoma,  Minnesota,  Maryland,  South  Carolina  and  North  Carolina  Actions  were 
voluntarily  dismissed  without  prejudice.  On  March 3,  2009,  a  second  amended  and  consolidated  class  action 
complaint  was  filed  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action,  adding  the  state  of  Montana  as  a  plaintiff,  adding 
Montana state law claims and adding a claim for tortious interference. 

On  February 10,  2009,  plaintiffs  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action  filed  a  notice  of  dismissal  without 
prejudice of defendant FDB. On April 2, 2009, the Company filed answers to each of the pending complaints in the 
San Francisco Action, the Connecticut Action and the County of Douglas, Kansas Action, denying the core factual 
allegations and asserting numerous affirmative defenses. On April 9, 2009, the Company filed a demand for a jury in 
each of these actions. 

On May 20, 2009, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by 
Oakland County, Michigan and the City of Sterling Heights, Michigan against the Company as the sole defendant, 
alleging  violations  of  RICO,  the  Michigan  Antitrust  Reform  Act,  the  Michigan  Consumer  Protection  Act,  the 
California Cartwright Act and common law fraud and seeking damages, treble damages, interest and attorneys' fees, 
all in unspecified amounts, Oakland County, Michigan et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:09-CV-
10843-PBS) (“Michigan Action”). On August 4, 2009, the court granted the Company's motion to stay the Michigan 
Action. 

On February 19, 2010, discovery closed in the consolidated public payer actions. On April 12, 2010, plaintiffs 
in the Douglas County, Kansas Action withdrew their motion to certify an opt-in state Medicaid class.  A hearing on 
the remaining classes in the Douglas County, Kansas and San Francisco Actions was held on August 31, 2010. 

On  August 5,  2010,  the  court  set  a  trial  date  of  January 24,  2011,  for  the  claims  asserted  by  the  State  of 
Oklahoma  on  behalf  of  its  Medicaid  program  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action,  or,  in  the  alternative,  the 
claims asserted by the State of Montana on behalf of its Medicaid program in the Douglas County, Kansas Action if 
the  Oklahoma  Medicaid  claims  were  resolved  before  the  final  pretrial  conference,  which  the  court  scheduled  for 
January 19, 2011.  On December 2, 2010, the Company executed a Memorandum of Understanding documenting an 
agreement in principle  with the States of Oklahoma and Montana to settle and release those States’ share of their 
Medicaid claims in the Douglas County, Kansas Action subject to consent from the federal government not to seek 
any portion of the settlement recovery.  In light of the Memorandum of Understanding, on December 7, 2010, the 
Court  vacated  the  previously  reported  trial  date  of  January 24,  2011.    On  January  11,  2011,  the  court  entered  a 
settlement order of dismissal with respect to the Medicaid claims of Oklahoma and Montana, subject to reopening of 
those actions if the settlement was not consummated by April 11, 2011.  On March 23, 2011, the court granted an 
unopposed motion filed by the States of Oklahoma and Montana to extend the date on which their Medicaid claims 
would be dismissed. 

93 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On March 4, 2011, the court entered an order granting in part, and denying in part, plaintiffs’ motions for class 
certification in the Douglas County, Kansas Action and denying plaintiff's motion for class certification in the San 
Francisco  Action.    Specifically,  the  court  denied  the  San  Francisco  Health  Plan's  motion  to  certify  a  class  of 
governmental entities within the State of California including the state of California itself.  In the Douglas County, 
Kansas  Action,  the  court  certified  a  nationwide  class  comprised  of  all  non-federal  and  non-state  governmental 
entities for liability and equitable relief for the period from August 1, 2001, to June 2, 2005, and for damages for the 
period August 1, 2001, to December 31, 2003.   

On March 14, 2011, plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration to extend the liability-only class period from 
June  2,  2005,  to  September  26,  2009.    On  March  30,  2011,  the  court  granted,  in  part,  plaintiffs’  motion  for 
reconsideration by extending the liability-only class period from June 2, 2005, to October 6, 2006. 

On  March  18,  2011,  the  Company  filed  a  petition  with  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  First  Circuit  seeking 
permission  to  appeal  the  district  court’s  March  4,  2011  class  certification  order  on  the  grounds  that  it  improperly 
certified  a  damages  class  based  on  an  aggregate  damages  model  that  improperly  included  workers’  compensation 
programs.  On March 31, 2011, plaintiffs filed an answer in opposition to the Company’s petition as well as a cross-
petition  for  review  of  the  district  court's  decision  to  exclude  all  state  entities  from  the  certified  class.    The  First 
Circuit has not yet ruled on the parties’ petitions. No trial date is set in the San Francisco or Douglas County, Kansas 
Actions. 

B.  State Medicaid AWP Cases 

Beginning  in  September  2010,  a  series  of  suits  were  filed  by  individual  states  in  jurisdictions  other  than  the 
United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  Massachusetts  based  on  essentially  the  same  factual  allegations  as 
alleged  in  In  re  McKesson  Governmental  Entities  Average  Wholesale  Price  Litigation.    A  description  of  these 
actions is as follows: 

The Kansas Action 

On  September 13,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  Kansas  state  court  of  Wyandotte  County  by  the  State  of 
Kansas  against  the  Company  and  FDB  asserting  claims  under  the  Kansas  Restraint  of  Trade  Act,  the  Kansas 
Consumer Protection Act, and the Kansas False Claims Act, and for civil conspiracy, fraud, unjust enrichment, and 
breach  of  contract,  and  seeking  damages  and  treble  damages,  civil  penalties,  as  well  as  injunctive  relief,  interest, 
disgorgement of profits, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Kansas ex rel. Steve Six 
v. McKesson Corporation, et al.,  (Case No. 10CV1491).  On November 22, 2010, the Company  filed a  motion to 
dismiss the Kansas Action.  On February 24, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss.  The case is 
set for trial in August 2012.   

The Mississippi Action 

On  October 8,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  Mississippi  state  court  of  Hinds  County  by  the  State  of 
Mississippi  against  the  Company  asserting  claims  under  RICO,  the  Mississippi  Medicaid  Fraud  Control  Act,  the 
Mississippi  Consumer  Protection  Act,  and  for  civil  conspiracy,  tortious  interference  with  contract,  unjust 
enrichment,  and  fraud,  and  seeking  damages  and  treble  damages,  civil  penalties,  restitution,  as  well  as  injunctive 
relief,  interest,  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  State  of  Mississippi  v.  McKesson 
Corporation, et al., (Case No. 251-10-862CIV).  On November 9, 2010, the Company filed a Notice of Removal to 
the United States District Court, Southern District of Mississippi. On January 27, 2011, the case was remanded back 
to  Mississippi  state  court  after  the  state  dismissed  its  RICO  claim.    On  February  15,  2011,  the  Company  filed  a 
motion to transfer the Mississippi Action from the Circuit Court of Hinds County to the Chancery Court of Hinds 
County, or in the alternative, to dismiss the State’s claim under the Mississippi Consumer Protection Act for lack of 
subject matter jurisdiction.  The trial court has not yet ruled on the Company’s motion. 

94 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Alaska Action 

On October 12, 2010, an action was filed in Alaska state court by the State of Alaska against the Company and 
FDB asserting claims  under state unfair and deceptive  trade practices statutes, and  for fraud and civil conspiracy, 
and  seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  punitive  damages,  civil  penalties,  disgorgement  of  profits,  as  well  as 
declaratory relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Alaska v. McKesson 
Corporation,  et  al.,  (Case  No. 3AN-10-11348-CI).    The  Company  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  the  complaint  on 
January 10, 2011.  A hearing on the Company’s motion to dismiss has not yet been scheduled.  

The Wisconsin Qui Tam Action 

On October 18, 2010, the Company was informed that a qui tam action was previously filed by four law firms 
in  Wisconsin  state  court  of  Dane  County,  purportedly  on  behalf  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  against  the  Company 
based  on  essentially  the  same  factual  allegations  as  alleged  in  In  re  McKesson  Governmental  Entities  Average 
Wholesale Price Litigation, asserting claims under the Wisconsin False Claims for Medical Assistance statute, and 
seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  civil  penalties,  as  well  as  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified 
amounts, State of Wisconsin ex rel. Hagens Berman Sobol Shapiro LLP, et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Case No. 
10CV3411).    On  August 26,  2010,  the  Wisconsin  Department  of  Justice  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  this  qui  tam 
action, and on December 14, 2010, the court granted the State’s motion.  No appeal has been filed. 

The Utah Action 

On  October 20,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  against  the  Company  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Northern 
District  of  California,  by  the  State  of  Utah  asserting  claims  under  RICO  and  for  civil  conspiracy,  tortious 
interference with contract, and unjust enrichment, and seeking damages and treble damages, restitution, as well as 
injunctive  relief,  interest,  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  State  of  Utah  v.  McKesson 
Corporation, et al., (Case No. CV 10-4743-SC).  On December 22, 2010, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the 
Utah Action, which has not yet been ruled upon.   

The Arizona Administrative Proceeding 

On November 5, 2010, the Company received a Notice of Proposed Civil Monetary Penalty from the Office of 
Inspector  General  (“OIG”)  for  the  Arizona  Health  Care  Cost  Containment  System  (“AHCCCS”)  purporting  to 
initiate  an  administrative  claim  process  against  the  Company,  and  seeking  civil  penalties  in  the  amount  of  $101 
million  and  an  assessment  in  the  amount  of  $112  million  for  false  claims  allegedly  presented  to  the  Arizona 
Medicaid program, (Case No. 2010-1218).  

On February 28, 2011, the Company filed a complaint in Arizona Superior Court, County of Maricopa, against 
AHCCCS  and  its  Director,  alleging  that  the  administrative  proceeding  commenced  by  OIG  violates  the  Arizona 
Administrative  Procedure  Act  and  the  Due  Process  Clauses  of  the  Arizona  Constitution  and  the  United  States 
Constitution,  and  seeking  to  enjoin  OIG’s  administrative  proceeding,  a  declaratory  judgment  that  AHCCCS  lacks 
jurisdiction  and  legal  authority  to  impose  penalties  or  assessments  against  the  Company,  as  well  as  costs  of  suit, 
McKesson Corporation  v. AHCCCS, (Case No. CV-2011-004446).  Also on February 28, 2011, the Company filed 
an application for an interlocutory order staying, or alternatively dismissing, OIG’s administrative proceeding.  On 
April 28, 2011, the trial court ruled that AHCCCS has no jurisdiction to impose penalties or assessments against the 
Company and enjoined AHCCCS from prosecuting or reinitiating any penalty proceeding against the Company. 

The Hawaii Action 

On November 10, 2010, an action was filed in Hawaii state court by the State of Hawaii against the Company 
and  FDB  asserting  claims  under  the  Hawaii  False  Claims  Act,  state  unfair  and  deceptive  trade  practices  statutes, 
fraud, and civil conspiracy, and seeking damages, treble damages, punitive damages, civil penalties, disgorgement 
of  profits,  as  well  as  interest,  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  State  of  Hawaii  v. 
McKesson  Corporation,  et  al.,  (Civil  No. 10-1-2411-11-GWBC).  The  Company  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  the 
complaint on January 14, 2011, which was denied by the trial court on April 12, 2011. 

95 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Louisiana Action 

On  December 20,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  Louisiana  state  court  by  the  State  of  Louisiana  against  the 
Company  asserting  claims  under  state  unfair  and  deceptive  trade  practices  statutes,  the  Louisiana  Medical 
Assistance  Programs  Integrity  Law,  state  antitrust  statutes,  and  for  fraud,  negligent  misrepresentation,  civil 
conspiracy, and unjust enrichment, seeking damages, statutory fines, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, as well 
as interest, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Louisiana v. McKesson Corporation, 
(Case No. C597634 Sec. 23).  The Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on March 7, 2011.  A hearing 
on the Company’s motion to dismiss is scheduled for May 9, 2011.   

C.  The New Jersey United States' Attorney's Office AWP Investigation 

In June of 2007, the Company was informed that a qui tam action by an unknown relator was previously filed in 
the  United  States  District  Court  in  the  District  of  New  Jersey,  purportedly  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  twelve 
states (California, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Mexico, Tennessee, 
Texas and Virginia) and the District of Columbia against the Company and seven other defendants. The Company 
has not been provided with the original complaint, which was filed in 2005, and does not know the identity of the 
original parties to the action. The Company was advised that the United States and the various states are considering 
whether to intervene in the suit, but none has done  so to  date. The suit thus remains  under seal and has not been 
served on the Company. 

In January 2009, the Company was provided with a courtesy copy of a third amended complaint filed in the qui 
tam action. This complaint has also not been served on the Company. The third amended complaint alleges multiple 
claims against the Company under the federal False Claims Act and the various states' and District of Columbia's 
false  claims  statutes.  These  and  additional  claims  are  also  alleged  against  other  parties.  The  claims  arise  out  of 
alleged manipulation of AWP by defendants which plaintiffs claim caused them to pay more than they should have 
in  reimbursement  for  prescription  drugs  covered  by  various  government  programs  that  base  reimbursement 
payments  on  AWP.  The  complaint  is  brought  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  the  twelve  states  named  above,  ten 
additional states (Georgia, Indiana, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Oklahoma, Rhode 
Island and Wisconsin) and the District of Columbia and seeks damages including treble damages and civil penalties 
(which the relator claims would be several billion dollars) as provided under the various false claims act statutes, as 
well as attorneys' fees and costs. 

As has also been previously reported regarding the New Jersey qui tam action, the United States and various 
states have been considering whether to intervene in the suit, but none has done so to date. The Company has at all 
times cooperated with these investigations, and has engaged in settlement discussions with the purpose of resolving 
all  Medicaid  related  AWP  claims  by  the  states  and  federal  government.  The  pace  and  progress  of  settlement 
discussions accelerated during and after the third quarter of 2011. Except as previously reported with respect to the 
States of Connecticut, Oklahoma and Montana, the Company has not reached agreement relating to those claims. 

As  previously  reported,  during  the  third  quarter  of  2009,  the  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  charge  of  $143 
million to establish a reserve for estimated probable losses related to pending and expected AWP claims by public 
payer entities. As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, the reserve relating to AWP public entity claims was $143 million. 
The Company recorded an additional pre-tax charge of $24 million for the settlement with the State of Connecticut 
during the second quarter of 2011. In November 2010, a cash payment of $26 million was made for this settlement. 
Following the Company's most recent review of the reserve for estimated probable losses from current and possible 
future  public  entity  AWP  claims,  which  review  included  consideration  of  the  pace  and  progress  of  the  above 
described settlement discussions during and after the third quarter relating to state and federal Medicaid claims, the 
Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $189 million within its Distribution Solutions segment's operating expenses 
during the third quarter of 2011. As of March 31, 2011, the reserve relating to AWP public entity claims was $330 
million  and  was  included  in  other  current  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  However,  in  view  of  the 
number of outstanding cases and expected future claims, and the uncertainties of the timing and outcome of this type 
of litigation, it is possible that the ultimate costs of these matters may exceed or be less than the reserve. 

96 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

II. Other Litigation and Claims  

On  April 7,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  Superior  Court  of  the  State  of  California  for  the  County  of  Los 
Angeles against, among others, the Company, its indirect subsidiary, NDCHealth Corporation (“NDC”) and “Relay 
Health,” a trade name under which NDC conducts business, Rodriguez et al. v. Etreby Computer Company et al., 
(Civ. No. BC435303) (“Rodriguez”). The plaintiffs in Rodriguez purport to represent a class of California residents 
whose  individual  confidential  medical  information  was  allegedly  illegally  released  and  used  by  defendants.  
Plaintiffs  also  purport  to  bring  their  claims  as  a  private  Attorney  General  action.  The  claims  asserted  in  the 
complaint  against  the  Company  defendants  include  negligence,  statutory  violations  and  violation  of  California 
Business and Professions Code, Sections 17200 et seq., covering unfair, unlawful and fraudulent business acts and 
practices.  The  statutory  violations  alleged  by  plaintiffs  purport  to  arise  out  of  California  Civil  Code,  Sections 56 
through  56.37,  also  known  as  the  Confidentiality  of  Medical  Information  Act  (“CMIA”).  The  complaint  seeks 
compensatory  and  statutory  damages  under  the  CMIA,  equitable  and  injunctive  relief,  as  well  as  interest  and 
attorneys’  fees  and  costs,  all  in  unspecified  amounts.  On  May 10,  2010,  defendants  removed  the  action  to  United 
States  District  Court  for  the  Central  District  of  California,  Rodriguez  et  al.  v.  Etreby  Computer  Company  et  al., 
(Civil Action No. CV 10-3522-VBF). On June 10, 2010, the Company and NDC moved to dismiss the complaint on 
grounds that it  fails to allege  the required element of  knowledge by defendants,  fails to allege actual harm to any 
plaintiff and improperly names certain defendants, including the Company and RelayHealth. On July 23, 2010, the 
court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss on  grounds that plaintiffs had failed to sufficiently plead any of their 
causes of action and gave plaintiffs until August 9, 2010 to file an amended pleading.  On December 9, 2010, the 
parties executed a settlement agreement which, in consideration of payment by the Company of a non-material sum, 
resolves the claims of all class members who do not affirmatively opt out of the class. On January 12, 2011, the trial 
court  issued  an  order  granting  preliminary  approval  of  the  settlement,  directing  notice  to  the  class  and  setting  a 
hearing for final approval of the settlement.  The final approval hearing is presently set to occur on June 27, 2011.  

On  October 3,  2008,  the  United  States  filed  a  complaint  in  intervention  in  a  pending  qui  tam  action  in  the 
United  States  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Mississippi,  naming  as  defendants,  among  others,  the 
Company and  its former indirect subsidiary, McKesson Medical-Surgical MediNet Inc. (“MediNet”), now merged 
into and doing business as McKesson Medical-Surgical MediMart Inc., United States ex rel. Jamison v. McKesson 
Corporation,  et  al.,  (Civil  Action  No. 2:08-CV-00214-SA).  The  United  States  (“USA”)  alleges  violations  of  the 
federal False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. Sections 3729-33, in connection with billing and supply services rendered by 
MediNet to the long-term care facility operator co-defendants. The action seeks monetary damages in an unstated 
amount. On July 7, 2009,  defendants filed motions to dismiss the action filed by the relator, arguing that the relator 
was not the original source of the claims which he attempts to pursue in his qui tam action. On March 25, 2010, the 
trial court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the relator and his complaint, which ruling has been appealed by 
the relator to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.  On June 2, 2010, the USA filed a motion for 
partial summary judgment, seeking a finding that the Company’s co-defendant, a Medicare Part B supplier, failed to 
comply  with  certain  of  the  21  Supplier  Standards  (“Standards”)  established  by  federal  regulations  covering  such 
Medicare suppliers, and that the relevant claims for which MediNet provided contract billing and/or supply services 
were  rendered  “false”  by  reason  of  such  non-compliance.  On  July 2,  2010  the  Company  and  MediNet  filed  their 
opposition  to  the  USA’s  motion  and  themselves  moved  for  summary  judgment  as  to  certain  counts  based  on 
numerous arguments, including that the USA cannot, as a matter of  law, establish that the co-defendant Medicare 
Part B supplier failed to meet the Standards.  On March 28, 2011, the trial court issued its order denying the motion 
of the USA and granting the partial summary judgment motions of the Company and its co-defendants on grounds 
that, as a matter of law, the Standards had not been violated.  All causes of action based on the alleged failure to 
comply  with  the  Standards  were  dismissed.    Discovery  regarding  the  balance  of  the  USA’s  allegations  continues.  
Trial is presently set to commence on February 6, 2012.  

97 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On July 14, 2006, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York 
against  McKesson,  two  McKesson  employees,  several  other  drug  wholesalers  and  numerous  drug  manufacturers, 
RxUSA v. Alcon Laboratories et al., (Case No. 06-CV-3447-DRH). Plaintiff alleges that the Company, along with 
various  other  defendants,  unlawfully  engaged  in  monopolization  and  attempted  monopolization  of  the  sale  and 
distribution of pharmaceutical products in violation of the federal antitrust laws, as well as in violation of New York 
State’s Donnelly  Act. There are also alleged violations of  the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, the Donnelly  Act and 
Sections 1962  (c) and  (d) of  the  federal  civil  RICO  statute.  Plaintiff  alleges  generally  that  defendants  have 
individually,  and  in  concert  with  one  another,  taken  actions  to  create  and  maintain  a  monopoly  and  to  exclude 
secondary  wholesalers,  such  as  the  plaintiff,  from  the  wholesale  pharmaceutical  industry.  The  complaint  seeks 
monetary damages of approximately $1.6 billion and also seeks treble damages, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. 
All  defendants  filed  motions  to  dismiss  all  claims.  The  motions  were  briefed  and  submitted  to  the  trial  court  on 
March 13,  2007.  On  September 24,  2009,  the  trial  court  issued  its  order  granting  “with  prejudice”  defendants’ 
motions to dismiss and on September 28, 2009, the trial court entered judgment dismissing all of plaintiff’s claims. 
On October 23, 2009, plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit 
seeking  reversal  of  the  trial  court’s  orders  of  dismissal  and  judgment.  On  August  30,  2010  the  Court  of  Appeals 
affirmed the rulings of the trial court, including the dismissal of plaintiff’s entire case with prejudice.  The period for 
seeking an appeal to the United States Supreme Court having expired, this matter has been concluded. 

The Company is a defendant in approximately 305 cases alleging that the plaintiffs were injured by Vioxx, an 
anti-inflammatory drug manufactured by Merck & Company (“Merck”). The cases typically assert causes of action 
for strict liability, negligence, breach of warranty and false advertising for improper design, testing, manufacturing 
and  warnings  relating  to  the  manufacture  and  distribution  of  Vioxx.  None  of  the  cases  involving  the  Company  is 
scheduled  for  trial.  The  Company  has  tendered  each  of  these  cases  to  Merck  and  has  reached  an  agreement  with 
Merck to defend and indemnify the Company. 

Our  subsidiary,  Northstar  Rx  LLC,  is  one  of  multiple  defendants  in  approximately  350  cases  alleging  that 
plaintiffs  were  injured  after  ingesting  Reglan  and/or  its  generic  equivalent,  metoclopramide.  The  cases  usually 
include  claims  for  strict  liability,  failure  to  warn,  negligence,  and  breach  of  warranty.  Most  of  these  cases  are 
pending in state courts in Pennsylvania, California and New Jersey, with other cases pending in Alabama, Louisiana, 
Missouri,  Mississippi,  Oklahoma,  Oregon  and  Tennessee.  The  first  case  involving  Northstar  Rx  is  set  for  trial  in 
September 2011 in Pennsylvania. Northstar Rx’s insurers are providing coverage for these cases. The Company is 
also named in approximately 550 cases as a distributor of these products.  

On  September 15,  2010,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of 
Wisconsin against the Company by Independent Pharmacy Cooperative, a Wisconsin based cooperative purchasing 
organization  for  independent  pharmacies,  alleging  that  the  Company  has  breached,  and  continues  to  breach,  a 
February 21,  2003,  supply  agreement  between  the  parties,  Independent  Pharmacy  Cooperative,  v.  McKesson 
Corporation,  (Case No. 10-CV-00527 (BC)). In addition to alleging breach of contract, plaintiff alleges breach of 
the  implied  covenant  of  good  faith  and  fair  dealing  in  connection  with  the  supply  agreement  and  intentional 
interference with contractual relations between plaintiff and its members. In its complaint, plaintiff claims that the 
Company has caused certain pharmacies to terminate their memberships in plaintiff’s cooperative and has entered 
into  separate  agreements  intended  to  cause  members  to  terminate  in  the  future.  Plaintiff  seeks  declaratory  and 
injunctive relief, monetary damages in an unspecified amount, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit. 
On  October  28,  2010  the  Company  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  plaintiff’s  intentional  interference  with  contractual 
relations  cause  of  action  on  grounds,  among  others,  that  Wisconsin’s  “economic  loss”  doctrine,  which  requires 
parties seeking economic loss to pursue contract, not tort, claims, required dismissal of plaintiff’s interference claim 
as  a  matter  of  law.  On  March  23,  2011  the  court  granted  the  Company’s  motion  and  dismissed  the  plaintiff’s 
interference  cause  of  action  based  on  the  economic  loss  doctrine.    On  March  24,  2011  this  action  was  dismissed 
“with prejudice” by stipulation of the parties and without any payment by the Company. 

98 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On January 4, 2011, the Company was served with a qui tam complaint that was originally filed in November 
2005 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania by a relator, a former employee of a 
Johnson & Johnson affiliate, against the Company, Johnson & Johnson and its affiliate companies, and Omnicare, 
Inc.,  alleging  that  the  Company  engaged  in  conduct  that  violated  the  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  causing 
subsequent claims for certain drugs manufactured by Johnson & Johnson to be submitted in violation of the federal 
False Claims Act and the false claims act statutes of various states, United States ex rel. Scott Bartz v. Ortho McNeil 
Pharmaceuticals, Inc., et al., (Case No. 2:05-cv-06010).  The United States declined to intervene in the suit, which 
alleges that the Company received illegal “kickbacks” from Johnson & Johnson that were disguised as discounts and 
rebates.  On February 23, 2011, the case was transferred to the District of Massachusetts.  The Company has not yet 
responded to the complaint. 

In August of 2010, the Company was notified by the United States Attorneys’ Office in Kansas City that a qui 
tam action had been filed on an unidentified date by two relators, a former pharmacy customer of the Company and 
the customer’s advisor, in which the relators allege that in or about January of 2006, the Company and a competitor 
drug wholesaler engaged in conduct that violated the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, causing subsequent claims by 
the customer relator to be submitted in violation of the federal False Claims Act, United States ex rel. Saleaumua et 
al.  v.  McKesson  Corporation  et  al.,  (Case  No. 4:08-CV-0848  (ODS)).  The  complaint  alleges  that  the  defendants’ 
conduct prior to the Company’s losing the account to the competitor in January of 2006, caused the customer relator 
to  file  subsequent  claims  in  violation  of  the  False  Claims  Act.  The  complaint  seeks  monetary  damages  in  an 
unspecified amount, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. The complaint has not been served on the Company. On 
April 22, 2011, the Company was informed by the United States Attorney’s Office that the Department of Justice 
had determined not to intervene against McKesson and that the qui tam action would be dismissed. 

III. Government Investigations and Subpoenas  

From  time-to-time,  the  Company  receives  subpoenas  or  requests  for  information  from  various  government 
agencies. The Company  generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a cooperative, thorough and timely 
manner. These responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being 
incurred  by  the  Company.  Such  subpoenas  and  requests  also  can  lead  to  the  assertion  of  claims  or  the 
commencement of civil or criminal legal proceedings against the  Company and other  members of the  health care 
industry, as well as to settlements. In addition to the government investigations associated with the matters reported 
on in  Other Litigation and Claims above, examples of such requests and subpoenas include the following: (1) the 
Company has responded to a request from the Federal Trade Commission for certain documents as part of a non-
public investigation to determine whether the Company may have engaged in anti-competitive practices with other 
wholesale  pharmaceutical  distributors  in  order  to  limit  competition  for  provider  customers  seeking  distribution 
services; (2) the Company has received and responded to a Civil Investigative Demand from the Attorney General’s 
Office of the State of Tennessee related to an investigation into possible violations of the Tennessee Medicaid False 
Claims Act in connection with repackaged pharmaceuticals; (3) the Company has responded to a subpoena from the 
office of the Attorney General of the State of New York requesting documents and other information concerning its 
participation  in  the  secondary  or  “alternative  source”  market  for  pharmaceutical  products;  (4) the  Company  has 
responded to subpoenas and requests for information from a number of Offices of state Attorney Generals or other 
state  agencies,  relating  to  the  pricing  for  branded  and  generic  drugs;  and  (5) the  Company  has  completed  its 
response to a subpoena, issued by the United States Attorney’s Office in Houston, which seeks documents relating 
to billing and collection services performed by a  Company subsidiary  for certain healthcare operations associated 
with the University of Texas from 2004 through the dates of the subpoenas, which investigation the Company has 
been informed has been closed.  

99 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

As  previously  reported,  on  January 26,  2007,  the  Company  acquired  Per-Se  Technologies,  Inc.  (“Per-Se”), 
which  became  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  Prior  to  its  acquisition,  Per-Se  had  publicly  disclosed  that  in 
December 2004, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation relating to accounting matters at NDC, a then public 
company,  which  was  acquired  by  Per-Se  in  January 2006,  prior  to  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  Per-Se.  In 
March 2005,  NDC  restated  its  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  May 28,  2004,  May 30,  2003  and 
May 31, 2002, and for the fiscal quarters ended August 22, 2004, and August 29, 2005, to correct errors relating to 
certain  accounting  matters.  NDC  produced  documents  to  the  SEC  and  fully  cooperated  with  the  SEC  in  its 
investigation. The SEC has taken testimony from a number of current and former NDC employees. There has been 
no activity in this matter for some time and the SEC has taken no action against NDC or its successor to date.  

Prior to its recent acquisition by the Company, US Oncology was informed that the United States Federal Trade 
Commission  (“FTC”)  and  the  Attorney  General  for  the  State  of  Texas  had  opened  investigations  to  determine 
whether a transaction in which certain Austin, Texas based oncology physicians became employees of an existing 
Texas US Oncology affiliated oncology practice group violated relevant state or federal antitrust laws. US Oncology 
has  responded  to  requests  for  information  from  the  government  agencies  and  the  Company  has  continued  to 
cooperate with the FTC and the Texas Attorney General regarding these investigations.  

IV. Environmental Matters  

Primarily as a result of the operation of the Company’s former chemical businesses, which were fully divested 
by 1987, the Company is involved in various matters pursuant to environmental laws and regulations. The Company 
has  received  claims  and  demands  from  governmental  agencies  relating  to  investigative  and  remedial  actions 
purportedly required to address environmental conditions alleged to exist at eight sites where it, or entities acquired 
by  it,  formerly  conducted  operations  and  the  Company,  by  administrative  order  or  otherwise,  has  agreed  to  take 
certain  actions  at  those  sites,  including  soil  and  groundwater  remediation.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  one  of 
multiple recipients of a New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection Agency directive and a separate United 
States  Environmental  Protection  Agency  directive  relating  to  potential  natural  resources  damages  (“NRD”) 
associated with one of these eight sites. Although the Company’s potential allocation under either directive cannot 
be  determined  at  this  time,  it  has  agreed  to  participate  with  a  potentially  responsible  party  (“PRP”)  group  in  the 
funding of an NRD assessment, the costs of which are reflected in the aggregate estimates set forth below.  

Based  on  a  determination  by  the  Company’s  environmental  staff,  in  consultation  with  outside  environmental 
specialists and counsel, the current estimate of the Company’s probable loss associated with the remediation costs 
for  these  eight  sites  is  $7.5 million,  net  of  approximately  $1.9 million  that  third  parties  have  agreed  to  pay  in 
settlement  or  is  expected,  based  either  on  agreements  or  nonrefundable  contributions  which  are  ongoing,  to  be 
contributed by third parties. The $7.5 million is expected to be paid out between April 2011 and March 2031. The 
Company’s  estimated  probable  loss  for  these  environmental  matters  has  been  entirely  accrued  for  in  the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  

In addition, the Company has been designated as a PRP under the Superfund law for environmental assessment 
and cleanup costs as the result of its alleged disposal of hazardous substances at 19 sites. With respect to these sites, 
numerous other PRPs have similarly been designated and while the current state of the law potentially imposes joint 
and several liability upon PRPs, as a practical matter, costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs. The 
Company’s estimated probable loss at those 19 sites is approximately $0.9 million, which has been entirely accrued 
for in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  The aggregate settlements and costs paid by the Company in 
Superfund matters to date have not been significant. 

V. Other Matters  

The Company is involved in various other litigation and governmental proceedings, not described above, that 
arise in the normal course of business. While it is not possible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome or 
the duration of any such litigation or governmental proceedings, the Company believes, based on current knowledge 
and the advice of counsel, that such litigation and proceedings  will not have a  material  impact on the Company’s 
financial position or results of operations. 

100 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

18.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Each  share  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  is  permitted  one  vote  on  proposals  presented  to 
stockholders and is entitled to share equally in any dividends declared by  the  Company’s Board of Directors (the 
“Board”).  In May 2010, the quarterly dividend was raised from $0.12 to $0.18 per common share.  Dividends were 
$0.72 per share in 2011 and $0.48 per share in 2010 and 2009.  In April 2011, the Board approved an increase in the 
quarterly  dividend  from  $0.18  to  $0.20  per  share,  applicable  to  ensuing  quarterly  dividend  declarations.    The 
Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  However, the payment and 
amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the Company’s future 
earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

Share Repurchase Plans 

In  April  2010,  the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $1.0 billion  of  the  Company’s 
common stock and in October 2010, authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s 
common stock.  The Board previously authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion in April 2008. As of March 31, 
2011, $500 million remained available for future repurchases under the October 2010 authorization.  In April 2011, 
the  Board  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $1.0  billion  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.    Stock 
repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, through 
accelerated  share  repurchase  (“ASR”)  programs,  or  by  any  combination  of  such  methods.    The  timing  of  any 
repurchases  and  the  actual  number  of  shares  repurchased  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  our  stock 
price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic 
conditions.  

In May 2010, we entered into an ASR program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $1.0 billion 
of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  As  a  result  of  the  ASR  program,  we  repurchased  12.7  million  shares  for  $1.0 
billion during the  first quarter of 2011,  which  was  funded  with cash on hand.  The  May 2010 ASR program  was 
completed on July 26, 2010 and we received 1.9 million additional shares on July 29, 2010.  The total number of 
shares repurchased under this program was 14.6 million shares at an average price per share of $68.66.  

In March 2011, we entered into another ASR program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $275 
million of the Company’s common stock.  The program was funded with cash on hand.  As of March 31, 2011, we 
had  received  3.1  million  shares  representing  the  minimum  number  of  shares  due  under  the  program.    The  ASR 
program was completed on May 2, 2011 and we received 0.4 million additional shares on May 5, 2011.  The total 
number  of  shares  repurchased  under  this  ASR  program  was  3.5  million  shares  at  an  average  price  per  share  of 
$79.65. 

Total shares repurchased over the last three years were: 

(in millions, except per share data) 
(1) 
Number of shares repurchased 
Average price paid per share 
Total value of shares repurchased 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

$ 
$ 

29 
69.62 
2,032 

  $ 
  $ 

8 
41.47 
299 

  $ 
  $ 

10 
50.52 
484 

(1)  All  of  the  shares  repurchased  were  part  of  publically  announced  programs.    The  number  of  shares  purchased  reflects 

rounding adjustments. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased from time-to-time pursuant to its stock repurchase program.  In 2009, 4 million repurchased shares for a 
total of $204 million, were formally retired by the Company.  The retired shares constitute authorized but unissued 
shares.  We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price over par value between additional paid-in capital 
and retained earnings.  As such, $165 million was recorded as a decrease to retained earnings. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Information regarding our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Unrealized net loss and other components of benefit plans, net of tax 
Translation adjustments 
Total 

March 31, 

2011 
(157) 
244 
87 

  $ 

  $ 

2010 
(162) 
168 
6 

$ 

$ 

19.  Related Party Balances and Transactions 

Notes receivable outstanding from certain of our current and former officers and senior managers totaled $15 
million and $16 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010.  These notes related to purchases of common stock under our 
various employee stock purchase plans.  The notes bear interest at rates ranging from 4.7% to 7.1% and were due at 
various dates through February 2004.  Interest income on these notes is recognized only to the extent that cash is 
received.    These  notes,  which  are  included  in  other  capital  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  were  issued  for 
amounts equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the purchase and are at full recourse to the borrower.  
At March 31, 2011, the value of the underlying stock collateral was $14 million.  The collectability of these notes is 
evaluated on an ongoing basis.  At March 31, 2011 and 2010, we provided a reserve of approximately $1 million 
and $4 million for the outstanding notes. 

We incurred $11 million in 2011 and 2010 and $10 million in 2009 of annual rental expense paid to an equity-

held investment. 

20.  Segments of Business 

We  report  our  operations  in  two  operating  segments:  McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  and  McKesson 
Technology  Solutions.    The  factors  for  determining  the  reportable  segments  included  the  manner  in  which 
management  evaluates  the  performance  of  the  Company  combined  with  the  nature  of  the  individual  business 
activities.  We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on operating profit before interest expense, 
income taxes and results from discontinued operations. 

The  Distribution  Solutions  segment  distributes  ethical  and  proprietary  drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and 
equipment  and  health  and  beauty  care  products  throughout  North  America.    This  segment  also  provides  specialty 
pharmaceutical  solutions  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  sells  financial,  operational  and  clinical 
solutions  for  pharmacies  (retail,  hospital,  alternate  site)  and  provides  consulting,  outsourcing  and  other  services.  
This  segment  includes  a  49%  interest  in  Nadro,  S.A.  de  C.V.  (“Nadro”),  one  of  the  leading  pharmaceutical 
distributors  in  Mexico,  and  a  39%  interest  in  Parata,  which  sells  automated  pharmacy  and  supply  management 
systems and services to retail and institutional outpatient  pharmacies. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  Technology  Solutions  segment  delivers  enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain, 
strategic  management  software  solutions,  pharmacy  automation  for  hospitals,  as  well  as  connectivity,  outsourcing 
and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations.  This segment also 
includes  our  Payer  group  of  businesses,  which  includes  our  InterQual®  clinical  criteria  solution,  medical 
management  tools,  claims  payment  solutions  and  care  management  programs.    The  segment’s  customers  include 
hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and payers from North America, the United Kingdom, 
Ireland, other European countries and Israel. 

Revenues for our Technology Solutions segment are classified in one of three categories: services, software and 
software  systems  and  hardware.    Services  revenues  primarily  include  fees  associated  with  installing  our  software 
and  software  systems,  as  well  as  revenues  associated  with  software  maintenance  and  support,  remote  processing, 
disease and medical management, and other outsourcing and professional services.  Software and software systems 
revenues  primarily  include  revenues  from  licensing  our  software  and  software  systems,  including  the  segment’s 
clinical auditing and compliance and InterQual® businesses. 

Corporate  includes  expenses  associated  with  Corporate  functions  and  projects,  certain  employee  benefits  and 
the  results  of  certain  equity-held  investments.    Corporate  expenses  are  allocated  to  the  operating  segments  to  the 
extent that these items can be directly attributable to the segment. 

103 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial information relating to the reportable operating segments is presented below: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
Distribution Solutions 

(1) 

Direct distribution & services 
Sales to customers’ warehouses 

Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services 
Software & software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 
Total 
Operating profit 
Distribution Solutions
Technology Solutions

 (2) 
 (3) 

Total 
Corporate 
Litigation credit, net 
Interest expense 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

 (4) 

(5) 

Depreciation and other amortization
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 
Expenditures for long-lived assets 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

(6) 

Segment assets, at year end 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 
Corporate 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other 

Total 

2011 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

77,554 
18,631 
96,185 
9,784 
2,920 
108,889 

2,483 
590 
122 
3,195 
112,084 

1,897 
301 
2,198 
(341) 
— 
(222) 
1,635 

70 
62 
— 
132 

155 
147 
62 
364 

162 
26 
45 
233 

22,983 
3,504 
26,487 

3,612 
787 
30,886 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

72,210 
21,435 
93,645 
9,072 
2,861 
105,578 

2,439 
571 
114 
3,124 
108,702 

1,988 
385 
2,373 
(342) 
20 
(187) 
1,864 

54 
67 
— 
121 

148 
145 
63 
356 

95 
31 
73 
199 

19,803 
3,635 
23,438 

3,731 
1,020 
28,189 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

66,876 
25,809 
92,685 
8,225 
2,658 
103,568 

2,337 
572 
155 
3,064 
106,632 

1,158 
334 
1,492 
(284) 
— 
(144) 
1,064 

51 
77 
— 
128 

126 
128 
59 
313 

83 
43 
69 
195 

18,674 
3,606 
22,280 

2,109 
878 
25,267 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1)  Revenues derived from services represent less than 1% of this segment’s total revenues for 2011, 2010 and 2009. 
(2)  Operating  profit  for  2011  includes  a  $213  million  charge  associated  with  the  AWP  litigation  and  also  includes  a  $51  million  credit 
representing  our  share  of  a  settlement  of  an  antitrust class  action  lawsuit  brought  against  a drug  manufacturer,  which  was  recorded  as  a 
reduction  to  cost  of  sales.    Operating  profit  for  2009  includes  a  $63 million  charge  to  write-down  two  equity-held  investments  and  a 
$493 million charge associated with the AWP litigation 

(3)  Operating profit in 2011 includes a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized software held for sale. 
(4)  Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets purchased in connection with acquisitions by the Company. 
(5)  Other amortization includes amortization of capitalized software held for sale and capitalized software for internal use. 
(6)  Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Concluded) 

Revenues and property, plant and equipment by geographic areas were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
United States 
International 
Total 

Property, plant and equipment, net, at year end 
United States 
International 
Total 

2011 

102,089 
9,995 
112,084 

901 
90 
991 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

  $ 

99,387 
9,315 
108,702 

764 
87 
851 

  $ 

 $ 

 $ 

  $ 

2009 

98,194 
8,438 
106,632 

719 
77 
796 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

International  operations  primarily  consist  of  our  operations  in  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other 
European  countries  and  Israel.    We  also  have  an  equity-held  investment  (Nadro)  in  Mexico.    Net  revenues  were 
attributed to geographic areas based on the customers’ shipment locations. 

21.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal 2011 
Revenues 
(1) 
Gross profit 
(1)(2) 
Net income 
Earnings per common share

 (1)(2) 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation 

(3) 

Total 

 (1)(2) 

Earnings per common share

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operation 

(3) 

Total 

Fiscal 2010 
Revenues 
Gross profit  
 (4) 
Net income
Earnings per common share 

(4) 

Diluted 
Basic 

First  
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

27,450 
1,392 
298 

  $ 

27,534 
1,366 
327 

1.10 
— 
1.10 

1.12 
— 
1.12 

26,657 
1,303 
288 

1.06 
1.07 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

0.97 
0.28 
1.25 

0.99 
0.28 
1.27 

27,130 
1,335 
301 

1.11 
1.13 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Third  
Quarter 

28,247 
1,461 
155 

0.60 
— 
0.60 

0.61 
— 
0.61 

28,272 
1,455 
326 

1.19 
1.21 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Fourth  
Quarter  

Year 

28,853 
1,751 
422 

  $  112,084 
5,970 
1,202 

1.62 
— 
1.62 

1.65 
— 
1.65 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

4.29 
0.28 
4.57 

4.37 
0.28 
4.65 

26,643 
1,583 
348 

  $  108,702 
5,676 
1,263 

1.26 
1.29 

  $ 

4.62 
4.70 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1)  Financial  results  for  the  first  quarter  and  full  year  of  2011  include  a  credit  of  $51  million  representing  our  share  of  a 
settlement  of  an  antitrust  class  action  lawsuit.    Financial  results  for  the  second  quarter  and  full  year  2011  include  a  $72 
million asset impairment charge for capitalized software held for sale.  Financial results of US Oncology are included in our 
consolidated financial statements beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011. 

(2)  Financial results for the second and third quarters and full year  2011 include charges of $24 million pre-tax ($16 million 
after-tax), $189 million pre-tax ($133 million after-tax) and $213 million pre-tax ($149 million after-tax) associated with the 
AWP litigation. 

(3)  Financial results for the second quarter and full year of 2011 include a $95 million pre-tax ($72 million after-tax) gain from 

the sale of MAP.  

(4)  Financial results for the third quarter and full year 2010 include a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) on sale of 

our 50% interest in MLS. 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  with  the  participation  of  other  members  of  the 
Company’s management, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” 
(as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
report,  and  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  based  on  their  evaluation  of 
these controls and procedures as required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management’s  report  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) and the related report of our independent registered public accounting 
firm are included on page 52 and page 53 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings, “Management’s 
Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting”  and  “Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Changes in Internal Controls 

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the 
evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the most recent 
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that have materially affected, or 
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not applicable. 

106 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information  about  our  Directors  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  Item  1  of  our  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2011  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  heading  “Election  of 
Directors.”  Information about compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from 
the  discussion  under  the  heading  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  our  Proxy 
Statement.    Information  about  our  Audit  Committee,  including  the  members  of  the  committee  and  our  Audit 
Committee Financial Expert, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings “Audit Committee 
Report” and “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in our Proxy Statement. 

Information  about  the  Code  of  Ethics  governing  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer, 
Controller  and  Financial  Managers  can  be  found  on  our  Web  site,  www.mckesson.com,  under  the  Investors  – 
Corporate  Governance  tab.    The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  and  Charters  for  the  Audit  and 
Compensation  Committees  and  the  Committee  on  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance  can  also  be  found  on  our 
Web site under the Investors – Corporate Governance tab. 

The Company intends to disclose required information regarding any amendment to or waiver under the Code 
of Ethics referred to above by posting such information on our Web site  within four business days after any such 
amendment or waiver. 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Information  with  respect  to  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  the  heading 

“Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement. 

Item 12. 

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference 

from the discussion under the heading “Principal Stockholders” in our Proxy Statement. 

107 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  March  31,  2011  with  respect  to  the  plans  under  which  the 

Company’s common stock is authorized for issuance: 

Plan Category 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved by 

security holders 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
(1) 
warrants and rights 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
the first column) 

13.0

(2) 

1.7

(4) 

$ 

$ 

52.46 

34.30 

15.8(3) 

— 

(1)  The  weighted-average  exercise  price  set  forth  in  this  column  is  calculated  excluding  outstanding  restricted  stock  unit 
(“RSU”) awards, since recipients are not required to pay an exercise price to receive the shares subject to these awards. 
(2)  Represents options and RSUs awarded under the following plans: (i) 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan; (ii) 1997 

Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan; and (iii) the 2005 Stock Plan 

(3)  Represents  2,378,455  shares  that  remained  available  for  purchase  under  the  2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  and 

13,431,887 shares available for grant under the 2005 Stock Plan. 

(4)  Represents options and RSUs awarded under the following plans:  (i) 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan; and (ii) 

the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan.  No further awards will be made under any of these plans. 

The following are descriptions of equity plans that have been approved by the Company’s  stockholders.  The 
plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, except for the portion of the 2005 
Stock Plan related to Non-Employee Directors, which is administered by the Committee on Directors and Corporate 
Governance. 

2005 Stock Plan:  The 2005 Stock Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 25, 2005 and approved 
by the Company’s stockholders on July 27, 2005.  The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 42.5 million 
shares  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock  (“RS”),  RSUs,  performance-based  restricted  stock  units 
(“PeRSUs”)  and  other  share-based  awards.    For  any  one  share  of  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  a  RS, 
RSU, PeRSU or other share-based award, two shares shall be deducted from the shares available for future grants.  
Shares of common stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net exercise of a stock option, shares used to pay 
the  withholding  taxes  related  to  a  stock  award  or  shares  repurchased  on  the  open  market  with  proceeds  from  the 
exercise of options shall not be returned to the reserve of shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. 

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan 
generally have a contractual term of seven years.  Prior to 2005, stock options typically had a contractual term of ten 
years.  Options generally become  exercisable in  four equal annual installments beginning one  year after the grant 
date  or  after  four  years  from  the  date  of  grant.    The  vesting  of  RS  or  RSUs  is  determined  by  the  Compensation 
Committee at the time of grant.  RS and RSUs generally vest over four years.  Vesting of PeRSUs ranges from one 
to  three-year  periods  following  the  end  of  the  performance  period  and  may  follow  the  graded  or  cliff  method  of 
vesting. 

Non-employee directors may be granted an award on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders for up 
to 5,000 RSUs, as determined by the Board.  Such non-employee director award is fully vested on the date of the 
grant. 

1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan.  The 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ 
Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders on July 30, 1997; however, 
stockholder approval of the 2005 Stock Plan on July 27, 2005 had the effect of terminating the 1997 Non-Employee 
Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan such that no new awards would be granted under the 1997 Non-
Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan. 

1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan.  The 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan expired by its 

terms on October 18, 2004, ten years after approval by the Board of Directors on October 19, 1994.  

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “ESPP”):  The  ESPP  is  intended  to  qualify  as  an  “employee  stock 
purchase  plan”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    In  March  2002,  the  Board 
amended the ESPP to allow for participation in the plan by employees of certain of the Company’s international and 
certain  other  subsidiaries.    As  to  those  employees,  the  ESPP  does  not  qualify  under  Section  423  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  Currently, 16 million shares have been approved by stockholders for issuance under the ESPP. 

The  ESPP  is  implemented  through  a  continuous  series  of  three-month  purchase  periods  (“Purchase  Periods”) 

during which contributions can be made toward the purchase of common stock under the plan. 

Each eligible employee may elect to authorize regular payroll deductions during the next succeeding Purchase 
Period,  the  amount  of  which  may  not  exceed  15%  of  a  participant’s  compensation.    At  the  end  of  each  Purchase 
Period,  the  funds  withheld  by  each  participant  will  be  used  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  
The purchase price of each share of the Company’s common stock is based on 85% of the fair market value of each 
share  on  the  last  day  of  the  applicable  Purchase  Period.    In  general,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common 
stock that may be purchased by a participant for each calendar year is determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair 
market value of one share of common stock on the offering date. 

The  following  are  descriptions  of  equity  plans  that  have  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 

stockholders: 

On  July  27,  2005,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  2005  Stock  Plan  which  had  the  effect  of 
terminating the 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan and certain 
1999  one-time  stock  option  plan  awards,  which  plans  had  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders,  and,  as  noted  above,  the  1997  Non-Employee  Directors’  Equity  Compensation  and  Deferral  Plan, 
which had previously been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  Prior grants under these plans include stock 
options, RS and RSUs.  Stock options under the terminated plans generally have a ten-year life and vest over four 
years.    RS  contains  certain  restrictions  on  transferability  and  may  not  be  transferred  until  such  restrictions  lapse.  
Each of these plans has outstanding equity grants, which are subject to the terms and conditions of their respective 
plans, but no new grants will be made under these terminated plans. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Information with respect to certain transactions with management is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 
Statement  under the heading  “Certain  Relationships and Related Transactions.”   Additional information regarding 
certain related party balances and transactions is included in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on 
Form  10-K  and  Financial  Note  19,  “Related  Party  Balances  and  Transactions,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information  regarding  principal  accounting  fees  and  services  is  set  forth  under  the  heading  “Ratification  of 
Appointment  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  as  the  Company’s  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  for 
Fiscal 2012” in our Proxy Statement and all such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

109 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule 

(a)(1)   Consolidated Financial Statements................................................................................................. 

Report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

Financial Notes 

(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedule 

Page 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts .....................................................................................  112 

All other schedules not included have been omitted because of the absence of conditions under which 
they are required or because the required information, where material, is shown in the financial 
statements, financial notes or supplementary financial information. 

(a)(3)   Exhibits submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those 
incorporated by reference to other filings are listed on the Exhibit Index ..................................................  113 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated:  May 5, 2011 

MCKESSON CORPORATION 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below 

by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated: 

* 

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

* 

Jeffrey C. Campbell  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Nigel A. Rees 
Vice President and Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Andy D. Bryant, Director 

Wayne A. Budd, Director 

Alton F. Irby III, Director 

* 

* 

* 

* 

M. Christine Jacobs, Director 

Marie L. Knowles,  Director  

* 

* 

* 

David M. Lawrence, M.D., Director  

Edward A. Mueller, Director 

* 

* 

Jane E. Shaw, Director 

/s/ Laureen E. Seeger 

Laureen E. Seeger 
*Attorney-in-Fact 

Dated: May 5, 2011 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SCHEDULE II 

SUPPLEMENTARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
For the Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
(In millions) 

Description 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts 

(3) 

Deductions 
From 
Allowance 
(1) 
Accounts 

Balance at 
End of  
Year (2) 

Additions 

Year Ended March 31, 2011 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts ..................................  $ 

Other allowances ........................   

$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2010 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts ..................................  $ 

Other allowances ........................   

$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2009 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts ..................................  $ 

Other allowances ........................   

$ 

131 
24 

155 

152 
12 
164 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

163 
9 
172 

  $ 

  $ 

18 
— 

18 

17 
6 
23 

27 
6 
33 

  $ 

  $ 

5 
(2) 

(30) 
(6) 

  $ 

  $ 

3 

  $ 

(36) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

7 
10 
17 

3 
1 
4 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(45) 
(4) 
(49) 

  $ 

  $ 

(41) 
(4) 
(45) 

  $ 

  $ 

124 
16 

140 

131 
24 
155 

152 
12 
164 

(1)  Deductions: 
  Written off ..........................................................................  $ 

Operation sold .....................................................................   
Credited to other accounts...................................................   
Total ....................................................................................  $ 

2011 

2010 

2009 

36 
— 
— 
36 

  $ 

  $ 

49 
— 
— 
49 

  $ 

  $ 

27 
6 
12 
45 

(2) 

Amounts shown as deductions from current and non-

current receivables ..........................................................  $ 

140 

  $ 

155 

  $ 

164 

(3)  Primarily represents reclassifications from other balance sheet accounts. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

The agreements included as exhibits to this report are included to provide information regarding their terms and 
not intended to provide any other  factual or disclosure information about the Company  or the other parties to the 
agreements.    The  agreements  may  contain  representations  and  warranties  by  each  of  the  parties  to  the  applicable 
agreement that were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and; 

• 

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk 
to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; 

•  may apply standards of  materiality in a  way that is different  from  what  may be  viewed as  material  to  you or 

other investors; and 

•  were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the 

agreement and are subject to more recent developments. 

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they 

were made or at any other time.  

Exhibits identified under “Incorporated by Reference” in the table below are on file with the Commission and 

are incorporated by reference as exhibits hereto. 

Exhibit 
Number 
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

Description 
Amended and Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of the Company as filed 
with the Delaware Secretary of State 
on July 25, 2007. 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of 
the Company, as amended through 
April 22, 2009. 

Indenture, dated as of March 11, 
1997, by and between the Company, 
as Issuer, and The First National Bank 
of Chicago, as Trustee. 

Indenture, dated as of January 29, 
2002, between the Company, as 
Issuer, and The Bank of New York, as 
Trustee. 

Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, 
by and between the Company, as 
Issuer, and The Bank of New York 
Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated 
as of February 28, 2011, to the 
Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, 
among the Company, as Issuer, The 
Bank of New York Mellon Trust 
Company, N.A. (formerly known as 
The Bank of New York Trust 
Company, N.A.), and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, as 
Trustee. 

10.1* 

McKesson Corporation 1994 Stock 
Option and Restricted Stock Plan as 
amended through July 31, 2001. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 
10-Q 

File Number  Exhibit 

1-13252 

3.1 

Filing Date 
October 31, 2007 

8-K 

1-13252 

3.2 

April 28, 2009 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.4 

June 19, 1997 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.6 

June 12, 2002 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.1 

March 5, 2007 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.2 

February 28, 2011 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.4 

June 12, 2002 

113 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit 
Number 
10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

Description 

McKesson Corporation 1999 Stock 
Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as 
amended through May 26, 2004. 

McKesson Corporation 1997 Non-
Employee Directors’ Equity 
Compensation and Deferral Plan, as 
amended through January 29, 2003. 

McKesson Corporation Supplemental 
Profit Sharing Investment Plan, as 
amended and restated on January 29, 
2003. 

McKesson Corporation Supplemental 
Profit Sharing Investment Plan II, as 
amended and restated on October 24, 
2008. 

McKesson Corporation Deferred 
Compensation Administration Plan, 
as amended and restated as of October 
28, 2004. 

McKesson Corporation Deferred 
Compensation Administration Plan II, 
as amended and restated as of October 
28, 2004, and Amendment No. 1 
thereto effective 
 July 25, 2007. 
McKesson Corporation Deferred 
Compensation Administration Plan 
III, as amended and restated October 
24, 2008. 

McKesson Corporation Option Gain 
Deferral Plan, as amended and 
restated as of October 28, 2004. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 
10-K 

File Number  Exhibit 

1-13252 

10.2 

Filing Date 
May 7, 2008 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.4 

June 10, 2004 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.6 

June 6, 2003 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1 

October 29, 2008 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.6 

May 13, 2005 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.7 

May 7, 2008 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2 

October 29, 2008 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.8 

May 13, 2005 

10.10*  McKesson Corporation Executive 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.3 

October 29, 2008 

Benefit Retirement Plan, as amended 
and restated on October 24, 2008. 

10.11*  McKesson Corporation Executive 

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

January 25, 2010 

Survivor Benefits Plan, as amended 
and restated as of January 20, 2010.  

10.12*  McKesson Corporation Severance 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.12 

May 5, 2009 

Policy for Executive Employees, as 
amended and restated  December 29, 
2008.  

10.13*  McKesson Corporation Change in 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2 

February 1, 2011 

Control Policy for Selected Executive 
Employees, as amended and restated 
on October 26, 2010. 

10.14*  McKesson Corporation 2005 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.3 

July 30, 2010 

Management Incentive Plan, as 
amended and restated on April 21, 
2010, effective July 28, 2010.  

114 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit 
Number 
10.15* 

Description 

Form of Statement of Terms and 
Conditions Applicable to Awards 
Pursuant to the McKesson 
Corporation 2005 Management 
Incentive Plan, effective April 20, 
2010. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 
10-K 

File Number  Exhibit 
10.15 

1-13252 

Filing Date 
May 4, 2010 

10.16*  McKesson Corporation Long-Term 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1 

July 30, 2010 

10.17* 

Incentive Plan, as amended and 
restated effective  
May 26, 2010. 
Form of Statement and Terms and 
conditions Applicable to Awards 
Pursuant to the McKesson 
Corporation Long-Term Incentive 
Plan, made on or after May 26, 2009. 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2 

July 30, 2010 

10.18*  McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.4 

July 30, 2010 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1 

February 1, 2011 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.6 

July 30, 2010 

10.19* 

10.20 

Plan, as amended and restated on July 
28, 2010. 

Forms of (i) Statement of Standard 
Terms and Conditions applicable to 
Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted 
Stock Units and Performance Shares, 
(ii) Stock Option Grant Notice and 
(iii) Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 
under the McKesson Corporation 
2005 Stock Plan, as amended and 
restated on October 26, 2010. 

Third Amended and Restated 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, 
dated as of May 19, 2010, among the 
Company, as servicer, CGSF Funding 
Corporation, as seller, the several 
conduit purchasers from time to time 
party to the Agreement, the several 
committed purchasers from time to 
time party to the Agreement, the 
several managing agents from time to 
time party to the Agreement, and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as 
collateral agent. 

115 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 
8-K 

File Number  Exhibit 

1-13252 

10.1 

Filing Date 
June 14, 2007 

Exhibit 
Number 
10.21 

Description 

Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2007 
among the Company and McKesson 
Canada Corporation, collectively, the 
Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, Bank of 
America, N.A. (acting through its 
Canada branch), as Canadian 
Administrative Agent, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank and Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as Co-
Syndication Agents, Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as L/C Issuer, 
The Bank of Nova Scotia and The 
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, 
LTD., Seattle branch, as Co-
Documentation Agents, and The 
Other Lenders Party Hereto Banc of 
America Securities LLC, as sole lead 
arranger and sole book manager. 

10.22†††  Purchase Agreement, dated as of 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.7 

July 30, 2010 

December 31, 2002, between 
McKesson Capital Corp. and General 
Electric Capital Corporation. 

10.23†††  Services Agreement, dated as of 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.8 

July 30, 2010 

10.24 

10.25* 

10.26* 

December 31, 2002, between 
McKesson Capital Corp. and General 
Electric Capital Corporation. 

Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement, 
dated as of November 23, 2010, 
among The Company, Bank of 
America N.A., as Administrative 
Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. 

Amended and Restated Employment 
Agreement, effective as of November 
1, 2008, by and between the Company 
and its Chairman, President and Chief 
Executive Officer. 

Amended and Restated Employment 
Agreement, effective as of November 
1, 2008, by and between the Company 
and its Executive Vice President and 
Group President. 

10.27* 

Form of Director and Officer 
Indemnification Agreement. 

12† 

21† 

23† 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to 
Fixed Charges. 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

Consent of Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm, Deloitte & 
Touche LLP. 

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

November 29, 2010 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.10 

October 29, 2008 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.12 

October 29, 2008 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.27 

May 4, 2010 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

116 

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 
— 

— 

File Number  Exhibit 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Filing Date 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Exhibit 
Number 
24† 

31.1† 

31.2† 

32†† 

101†† 

Description 

Power of Attorney. 

Certification of Chief Executive 
Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 
and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
and adopted pursuant to Section 302 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of Chief Financial 
Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 
and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, 
and adopted pursuant to Section 302 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002. 

The following materials from the 
McKesson Corporation Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended March 31, 2011, formatted 
in Extensible Business Reporting 
Language (XBRL): (i) the 
Consolidated Statements of 
Operations, (ii) Consolidated Balance 
Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements 
of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows, and (v) related notes. 

*  Management  contract  or  compensation  plan  or  arrangement  in  which  directors  and/or  executive  officers  are 

eligible to participate. 
† 
Filed herewith. 
††  Furnished herewith. 
†††  Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of this exhibit and such confidential portions have 

been filed with the Commission. 

Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of each instrument defining the rights of 
security holders with respect to issues of long-term debt of the registrant, the authorized principal amount of which 
does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant. 

117 

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, John H. Hammergren, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the 
period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I  have disclosed, based on our  most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: May 5, 2011 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Jeffrey C. Campbell, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:   

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the 
period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I  have disclosed, based on our  most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 5, 2011 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In connection with the annual report of McKesson Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
March  31,  2011  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  the 
undersigned, in the capacities and on the dates indicated below, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, 
as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge: 

1.  The Report fully complies  with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange  Act of 

1934; and 

2.  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
May 5, 2011 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
May 5, 2011 

This  certification  accompanies  the  Report  pursuant  to  §  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  and  shall  not, 
except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for the purposes 
of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to McKesson Corporation and 
will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Information 
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation 

Appendix A 

A reconciliation between our net income per diluted common share as reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
(“GAAP”) and our net income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding adjustments for the litigation charge 
(credit), net is as follows: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Net income, as reported ................................................................................................  
Exclude: 
Litigation charge (credit), net .......................................................................................  
Income tax expense (benefit), net ................................................................................  
Income tax reserve reversal ..........................................................................................  
Litigation charge (credit), net of tax ............................................................................  
Discontinued operations, net of tax ..............................................................................  
Income from continuing operations, excluding litigation charge (credit), net ..............  
Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations, excluding litigation 

Years Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

2007 
$  1,202  $  1,263  $  823  $  990  $  913 

2008 

213 
(64)   
 — 

493   
(182)   
 — 

(6) 
2 
) 
(83
(87
) 
55  
$  1,279  $  1,251  $ 1,134  $  986  $  881 

(20) 
8 
 — 
(12
) 
 — 

(5)   
2 
 — 
(3  ) 
(1) 

149 
(72) 

 — 

311 

charge (credit), net ......................................................................................................   $  4.86  $  4.58  $  4.07  $  3.31  $  2.89 

Shares on which diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations, 

excluding the litigation charge (credit), net were based ..............................................  
____________ 

263 

273 

279   

298 

305 

These pro forma amounts are non-GAAP financial measures.  We use these measures internally when assessing the performance of 
the organization, our operating segments and our senior management team, and consider these results to be useful to investors as they 
provide relevant benchmarks of core operating performance. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Our results in fiscal 2011 extend our track record of 

growing EPS, which we have increased at a 13.9% 

compound annual growth rate since fiscal 2007.”

John H. Hammergren, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, McKesson Corporation

McKesson Corporation

Financial Results

Five-Year Total Revenue (in millions)

Five-Year EPS*

Total Stockholder Return**

*Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, as displayed above, excludes 

adjustments for litigation charges (credits) net (“EPS”). For supplemental financial data and 

corresponding reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see 

Appendix A to this 2011 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, 

and not as an alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

**The percentages displayed represent total annualized stockholder return for each period presented, including the reinvestment of dividends.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE OFFICERS

COMMON STOCK

McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York Stock 
Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables 
carried by most newspapers.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

Wells Fargo Shareowner Services, 161 Concord Exchange North, 
South St. Paul, MN, 55075, acts as transfer agent, registrar, dividend-
paying agent and dividend reinvestment plan agent for McKesson 
Corporation stock and maintains all registered stockholder records 
for the Company. For information about McKesson Corporation stock 
or to request replacement of lost dividend checks, stock certificates, 
1099-DIVs, or to have your dividend check deposited directly into 
your checking or savings account, stockholders may call Wells Fargo 
Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 614-
9635. For the hearing impaired call (651) 450-4144. Wells Fargo 
Shareowner Services also has a website—http://www.wellsfargo.com/
shareownerservices—that stockholders may use 24 hours a day to 
request account information.

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Dividends are generally paid on the first business day of January, April, 
July and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest dividends in common 
stock and to purchase additional shares of common stock. Stock in 
an individual’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan is held in book entry at 
the Company’s transfer agent, Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. For 
more information, or to request an enrollment form, call Wells Fargo 
Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 614-9635. 
From outside the United States, call +1-651-450-4064.

ANNUAL MEETING

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held 
at 8:30 a.m. PDT, on Wednesday, July 27, 2011, at the Palace Hotel, 
Sea Cliff Room, 2 New Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California.

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer,
McKesson Corporation

Andy D. Bryant
Executive Vice President and
Chief Administrative Officer,
Intel Corporation

Wayne A. Budd
Senior Counsel,
Goodwin Procter LLP

Alton F. Irby III
Chairman and Founding Partner,
London Bay Capital

M. Christine Jacobs
Chairman of the Board, President 
and Chief Executive Officer,
Theragenics Corporation

Marie L. Knowles
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, Retired,
Atlantic Richfield Company

David M. Lawrence, M.D.
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer, Retired,
Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. 
and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals

Edward A. Mueller
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer, Retired,
Qwest Communications 
International Inc.

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.
Chairman of the Board,
Intel Corporation;
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer, Retired,
Aerogen, Inc.

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

Patrick J. Blake
Executive Vice President and 
Group President

Jeffrey C. Campbell
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Jorge L. Figueredo
Executive Vice President,
Human Resources

Paul C. Julian
Executive Vice President and 
Group President

Marc E. Owen
Executive Vice President, 
Corporate Strategy and
Business Development

Laureen E. Seeger
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and
Chief Compliance Officer

Randall N. Spratt
Executive Vice President,
Chief Technology Officer and 
Chief Information Officer

Nicholas A. Loiacono
Vice President and Treasurer

Nigel A. Rees
Vice President and Controller

Willie C. Bogan
Secretary

McKesson Corporation
One Post Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

www.mckesson.com

© 2011 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved.

Annual Report

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011